Oracle Database Master Index: P
11g Release 2 (11.2)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
-
p option (-props)
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
P prefix (sqlj -P-x)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
p_table_clause
(Text Reference)
-
P.M. datetime format element
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PACK_MESSAGE procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PACK_STGTAB_BASELINE Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PACK_STGTAB_SQLPATCH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PACK_STGTAB_SQLPROF Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PACK_STGTAB_SQLSET Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
package
- advantages of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- body of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collection id, HS_FDS_PACKAGE_COLLID
(Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- compiling
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- contents of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- creating
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- DBMS_EXPFIL
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_ODCI
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_OUTPUT
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DBMS_PIPE
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DBMS_RESULT_CACHE
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_RLMGR
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XDB
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLDOM
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLGEN
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- downloading
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- dropping
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- editing
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- finding
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- gpglocal
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- grants for
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- guidelines for writing
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- initialization of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invalidation of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- naming
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- object dependencies
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- of static constants
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle Database
- for writing low-level debugging code (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in general (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- run-time error raised by (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- package body
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- PGM_BQM
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pinning in shared memory pool
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- private items in
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- privileges needed to create
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges needed to drop
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges - BIND and EXECUTE
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- privileges - BIND, COPY, and EXECUTE
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- product-specific
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- public items in
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reasons to use
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- referencing contents of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- related errors
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- See also incident package
- serially reusable
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- session state and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- size limit for
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- specification of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- STANDARD
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- state of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- structure of
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- synonym for
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- tuning code and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- UriFactory
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- UTL_PG
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- UTL_RAW
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- invalidated or deinstalled (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- viewing
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
Package attribute
- MdmAttribute for Product dimension
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
package bodies
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- re-creating
(SQL Language Reference)
-
package body
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- changing
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
Package Classes
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
package cvuqdisk not installed
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
package DBMS_JAVA
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
package imports, JDBC
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
package interfaces
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
package invalidation and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
package overview
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
package requirements
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Linux x86
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Linux x86-64
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
package specification
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- changing
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
package specifications
- avoid reinstalling
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- reinstalling
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
package subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PACKAGE types
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
package variables
- i_am_a_refresh
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Package - UriFactory
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
packaged application
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- about Supporting Objects page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- adding access control list
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- adding CSS installation script
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- adding image installation script
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- adding static file installation script
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- build options
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating supporting objects
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- defining an upgrade script
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deinstallation scripts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deinstalling
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deleting installation options
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deleting messages
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deleting supporting object scripts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- downloading
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- how to create
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- installation scripts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- installing supporting objects
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- messages
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- prerequisites
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- substitutions strings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- testing installation scripts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- upgrade scripts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- upgrading a packaged application
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- validations
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- viewing an install summary
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
packaged call specifications, writing
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
packaged procedures
- dropping
(SQL Language Reference)
-
packaged subprogram
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
packages
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- access control
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- advantages of
(Concepts)
- as transformations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- associating statistics with
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- Callback for C
(XML C API Reference)
- checking on Linux
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- concepts
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- corruption
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- creating
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Utilities)
- creating and using
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- Ctx for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- DBMS_ADVISOR
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_DIMENSION
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ERROR
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_ERRORLOG
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_JOB
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_METADATA
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_MGD_ID_UTL
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MVIEW
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_PIPE
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DBMS_REDEFINITION
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_REPAIR
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESOURCE_MANAGER_PRIVS
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_RESUMABLE
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_SPACE
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_STATS
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_STORAGE_MAP
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- debugging
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- default Linux installation and
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- defining
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- describing
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- disassociating statistics types from
(SQL Language Reference)
- DOM for C
(XML C API Reference)
- Dom for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- editing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- Event for C
(XML C API Reference)
- examples
(Security Guide)
- examples of privilege use
(Security Guide)
- executing
(Concepts)
- for locking
(Concepts)
- in PL/SQL
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- in the OLAP Java API
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- IO for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- metadata
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- new
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- object privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- OracleXml for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- ORD_DICOM
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORD_DICOM_ADMIN
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_AUDIO
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_DOC
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_DEFAULT_VIDEO
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_FILE_SOURCE
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- ORDPLUGINS.ORDX_HTTP_SOURCE
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- Parser for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- private
(Concepts)
- privileges
- divided by construct (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- privileges required to create procedures in
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- process flows
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- public
(Concepts)
- Range for C
(XML C API Reference)
- redefining
(SQL Language Reference)
- referencing
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- running
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SAX for C
(XML C API Reference)
- Schema for C
(XML C API Reference)
- searching for
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- shared SQL areas and
(Concepts)
- SOAP for C
(XML C API Reference)
- SOAP for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- SQL*Plus and OCI for Instant Client
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- synonyms for
(SQL Language Reference)
- TimesTen-supplied packages
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- Tools for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- Traversal for C
(XML C API Reference)
- trusted stored program units
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- ttIsql command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- where documented
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- XML for C
(XML C API Reference)
- XmlDiff for C
(XML C API Reference)
- XPath for C
(XML C API Reference)
- XPath for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer for C
(XML C API Reference)
- XPointer for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- Xsl for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
- XSLT for C
(XML C API Reference)
- XSLTVM for C
(XML C API Reference)
-
packages or PL/SQL plug-ins
(Multimedia User's Guide)
-
packages, checking
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
packages, Java
- naming rules in INPUT file
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- -package option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
packages, PL/SQL
- generated classes for
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- option for package name
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- publishing (introduction)
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
packages, required, JTA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
packages. See Also RPMs
-
packaging
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
packaging and uploading problems
(Administrator's Guide)
-
packaging deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
-
PACKBITS image compression format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
packed decimal
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
packed decimal data, ADD
(Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
packets
- examining trace data
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- types of
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
padding
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
padding expressions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
padding of literal strings
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
page
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating from Application Home
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating from Page Definition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- managing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- accessing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Authentication
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Authorization Scheme
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cache
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cache by User
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cache Page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cache Page Condition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cache Timeout
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Comments
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Configuration
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Cursor Focus
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- display attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Duplicate Submission
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Expression 1
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Footer
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Header Text
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Help
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- HTML Body Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- HTML Header
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Name
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- On Error Text
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Alias
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- security
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Standard Tab Set
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Title
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PAGE clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PAGE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
page components
- controlling access
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing all
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page computation
- computation point
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- defining computation point
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- defining computation source
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- making a computation conditional
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- syntax
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page controls
- editing all
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Page Definition
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Action Bar
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- alternate views
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Copy button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Copy icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Create button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Create icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating a page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating new controls and components
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Delete button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing all
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- export
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Next button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page field
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Processing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Processing section
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Page Rendering
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Rendering section
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- Previous button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- reordering components
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Shared Components section
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- View list
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- viewing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page definition (Application Express)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
Page Events
- Next button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page field
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Show All
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Show Used
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- View list
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Page Finder
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page groups
- assigning pages
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing group definition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- managing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Pages by Page Group report
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- reassigning pages
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- removing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- removing pages
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- viewing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page help
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page item
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating from Page Definition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- deleting multiple
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Drag and Drop Layout page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing display on a page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing Help
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing multiple
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- naming conventions
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- reassigning to a region
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- static list of values
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- types
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- using Drag and drop icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- using Reorder Region Items icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page items
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page layout
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page locks
- managing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page number
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page number, including in titles
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
page operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
page processes
- changing processing points
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- changing source
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- making conditional
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- When Button Pressed attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Page Processing
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Branches
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Computations
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Processes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Validations
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page processing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- understanding
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Page Rendering
- about
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Buttons
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Computations
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Items
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Processes
- about (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Regions
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Tabs
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page rendering
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- understanding
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page reports
- viewing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
page template
- Body
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Definition
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Display Points
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Error Page Template Control
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Footer
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Header
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Image Based Tab Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Multi Column Region Table Attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Name
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Parent Tab Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- specifying defaults
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Standard Tab Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- substitution strings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Subtemplate
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page template substitution strings
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #APP_VERSION#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #BOX_BODY#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #CUSTOMIZE#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #FORM_CLOSE#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #FORM_OPEN#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #GLOBAL_NOTIFICATION#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #HEAD#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #LOGO#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #NAVIGATION_BAR#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #ONLOAD#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #PARENT_TAB_CELLS#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #REGION_POSITION_NN#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #SUCCESS_MESSAGE#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #TAB_CELLS#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- #TITLE#
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page view
- Referenced Components
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Page View Activity logs
- deleting
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
page views
- accessing alternate views
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Database Object Dependencies
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- History
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Events
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page zero
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PAGELEN
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
PAGELEN option
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
PAGELEN precompiler option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PAGENUM option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
pageout considerations
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
pageouts
- SQL Apply
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
PAGEPRG option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
pages
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- about
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- about page zero
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- adding
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- assigning to groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- caching
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- calling from a button
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- calling with an alias
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- changing length
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- controlling access to
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- copying
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating from Application home
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating from Developer toolbar
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- creating groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- default dimensions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- deleting
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- determining lock status
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- duplicate submission
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- enabling user customization
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- exporting
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- grouping
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- linking to
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- linking with f?p syntax
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- locking
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- matching to screen or paper size
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizing for printing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- preventing conflicts
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- previewing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- purging cached
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- reassigning to groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- removing from groups
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- resource use
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- running
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- searching for
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- setting dimensions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying page template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- types
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- unlocking
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PAGESIZE
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PAGESIZE clause
- in LOGIN.SQL
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PAGESIZE variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
page-charset
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
page-level item
- History
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page-level template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
page-out activity
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
pagination
- classic reports
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- interactive reports
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- reports
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Pagination Subtemplate
- Next Page Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Next Set Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Pagination Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous Page Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Previous Set Template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
paging
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- reducing
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
paging in reports
(OLAP DML Reference)
- forcing a page break
(OLAP DML Reference)
- line number on current page
(OLAP DML Reference)
- lines for bottom margin
(OLAP DML Reference)
- lines for top margin
(OLAP DML Reference)
- lines left on page
(OLAP DML Reference)
- lines on a page
(OLAP DML Reference)
- page number
(OLAP DML Reference)
- producing a custom heading
(OLAP DML Reference)
- producing a standard heading
(OLAP DML Reference)
- turning on
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PAGING option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
paging space
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- tuning
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
paging, controlling
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
Palette
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
palette table
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
Palette Toolbar
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
PAR files
(2 Day DBA)
-
PARA function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARA procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARAGRAPH function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARAGRAPH keyword
(Text Reference)
-
paragraph names
- associating with SQL statements
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding area for
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PARAGRAPH procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
paragraph section
- defining
(Text Reference)
- querying
(Text Reference)
-
paragraph tags
- GT GlossaryTitle, Glossary
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
parallel aggregation and external context
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
parallel apply
- and log apply services
(Data Guard Broker)
- managing in a physical standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
-
PARALLEL clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- CREATE INDEX statement
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- of ALTER CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PARALLEL CREATE INDEX statement
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PARALLEL CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement
- resources required
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel data move streams
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
parallel DDL
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- extent allocation
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitioned tables and indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- restrictions
- LOBs (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- LOBs (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel delete
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel DELETE statement
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel DML
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- applications
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- bitmap indexes
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- degree of parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- enabling PARALLEL DML
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- recovery
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- restrictions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- object types (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- remote transactions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- transaction model
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel DML (PDML) transactions
- SQL Apply
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
parallel DML statement
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
parallel DML support
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
Parallel evaluation of user-defined aggregates
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
parallel execution
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- coordinator
(Concepts)
- full table scans
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- hints
(SQL Language Reference)
- how it works
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- I/O parameters
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- index creation
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interoperator parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- intraoperator parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- managing
(Administrator's Guide)
- of DDL statements
(SQL Language Reference)
- of DML statements
(SQL Language Reference)
- parallel hints
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- parallelizing index creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- resource parameters
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- resumable space allocation
(Administrator's Guide)
- server
(Concepts)
- servers
(Concepts)
- tuning
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel execution for index creation and rebuilding
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
parallel execution servers
(Security Guide)
-
parallel execution, monitoring
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
-
parallel execution, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
PARALLEL hint
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- UPDATE and DELETE
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel hints
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
parallel index creation
(Text Reference)
-
parallel indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- DBMS_PCLUTIL.BUILD_PART_INDEX
(Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
- local partitioned index
(Text Reference)
- partitioned table
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
parallel inference
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
parallel instance groups
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
parallel loads
(Utilities)
- restrictions on direct path
(Utilities)
-
parallel LONG-to-LOB migration
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PARALLEL parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
- command-line interface (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
- command-line mode (Utilities)
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line
(Utilities)
-
PARALLEL parameter, RECOVER command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
parallel periods
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
parallel processes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
parallel processing
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
parallel propagation
(Advanced Replication)
- configuring for replication environments
(Advanced Replication)
- dependency
- tracking (Advanced Replication)
- implementing
(Advanced Replication)
- monitoring
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- planning for
(Advanced Replication)
- replication environment
(Advanced Replication)
- row level SCN
(Advanced Replication)
- tuning
(Advanced Replication)
-
parallel queries
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- across Real Application Clusters (RAC) nodes
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
parallel query
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- bitmap indexes
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- maximum number of instances
(Reference)
- maximum number of servers
(Reference)
- minimum number of queries
(Reference)
- monitoring
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- object types
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- restrictions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- restrictions for Oracle objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- view objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
parallel query, and SYS_CONTEXT
(Security Guide)
-
parallel recovery
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
parallel solving
- cubes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
parallel SQL
(Concepts)
- allocating rows to parallel execution servers
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- coordinator process
(Concepts)
- instance groups
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- number of parallel execution servers
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- optimizer
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- server processes
(Concepts)
-
parallel update
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel UPDATE statement
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
parallel updates for large tables
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PARALLEL_ADAPTIVE_MULTI_USER
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
PARALLEL_ADAPTIVE_MULTI_USER initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_AUTOMATIC_TUNING initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
parallel_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_DEGREE_LIMIT_ABSOLUTE resource allocation method
(Administrator's Guide)
-
PARALLEL_DEGREE_POLICY initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_ENABLE function
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- RPC signature and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PARALLEL_ENABLE option
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
PARALLEL_EXECUTION_MESSAGE_SIZE
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
PARALLEL_EXECUTION_MESSAGE_SIZE initialization parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PARALLEL_FORCE_LOCAL initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_INDEX hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PARALLEL_INSTANCE_GROUP initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- parallel processes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
PARALLEL_INSTANCE_GROUPS initialization parameter
- parallel processes
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
PARALLEL_IO_CAP_ENABLED initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS initialization parameter
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- and parallel execution
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PARALLEL_MAX_SERVERS parameter
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
PARALLEL_MIN_PERCENT initialization parameter
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PARALLEL_MIN_SERVERS initialization parameter
(Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PARALLEL_MIN_TIME_THRESHOLD initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_SERVERS_TARGET initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PARALLEL_THREADS_PER_CPU initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
parallelism
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- allocating channels
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- backup using channels (example)
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- channel allocation
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- degree
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- in Oracle Real Application Clusters
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- interoperator
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- intraoperator
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- parallel-aware query optimization
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- specifying for recovery
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- validation
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PARALLELISM parameter, CONVERT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
parallelism settings
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
parallelizing large table updates
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
parallelizing table creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
PARAM function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARAM procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
parameter
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTHORIZATION_MODEL
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- compilation
- displaying value of (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in general (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- predefined inquiry directive for (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- initialization
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- See initialization parameter (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- LOG_DESTINATION
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Native Semantics, SQL Set Clauses
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- QUEUE_MANAGER
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_MAX_SIZE
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- RESULT_CACHE_MODE
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- See subprogram parameter
- server
(Concepts)
- setting up trace parameters
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQLPATH
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- subprogram
- See subprogram parameter (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- See subprogram parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_LOG_QUEUE
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_MODEL
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_RECOVERY_PASSWORD
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION_RECOVERY_USER
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- transactional
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
-
parameter binding
- C parameters in PL/SQL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- duplicate parameters in OCI
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- duplicate parameters in PL/SQL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- duplicate parameters in SQL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- floating point data
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- IN OUT parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- IN parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- ODBC-SQL or PL/SQL type mappings
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- OUT parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- SQL input parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- SQLBindParameter
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
parameter definitions (sizes)
- general information
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- Oracle customizer optparamdefaults option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- Oracle customizer optparams option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ -optparamdefaults option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ -optparams option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
parameter descriptor
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
parameter descriptor object
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
parameter file
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- overview
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
parameter file search order
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
parameter files
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- from memory (SQL Language Reference)
- Export
(Utilities)
- Export and Import
- comments in (Utilities)
- comments in (Utilities)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- maximum size (Utilities)
- Import
(Utilities)
- restoring
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- See also initialization parameter file.
- See gateway initialization files
- See PGA parameters
- See RRM parameters
- specifying path
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
parameter files (INIT.ORA files)
- specifying alternate
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
parameter insight
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
parameter list
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
parameter mode
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
parameter modes
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IN
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- IN OUT
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- OUT
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Parameter objects
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
PARAMETER_LIST networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
PARAMETER_VALUE_CONVERT parameter
- DUPLICATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- overriding
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
parameterized Source objects
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
parameterized statements
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
ParameterMetaData interface support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
ParameterName
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
parameters
- $bindargs
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $bindvars
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $conn
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $date
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $e
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $file
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $line
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $posturl
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $q1
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $query
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $r
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $results
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $resulttype
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $rowsperpage
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $stid
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- $title
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- admin_option
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- agent_list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- agent_name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- alias
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQ_TM_PROCESSES
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- array_size
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attempts
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attribute_number
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- authentication
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- binding
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- BLANK_TRIMMING
(Globalization Support Guide)
- buffer lengths
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- calendar
(Globalization Support Guide)
- certificate
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- certificate_location
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- changed since Release 4, on gateway using SNA or TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- character set conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- charset
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- comment
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- compatibility
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- compatible
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuration for JDBC
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- consumer_name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- correlation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- CREATE DATABASE
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- DB_DOMAIN
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- db_username
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBIO_EXPECTED
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- delay
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- delivery_mode
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- deployment templates
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deprecated
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deptid
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- deq_condition
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_mode
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeue_options
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dest_queue_name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination_queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- duplicate
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- duplicate parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- duplicate parameters in PL/SQL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- duplicate parameters in SQL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- duration
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dynamic cache
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- enable_anyp
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enable_http
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- encryption and checksumming
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- enqueue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enqueue_options
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- enqueue_time
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples using bind variables
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- exception_queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- expiration
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- FDS_CLASS_VERSION
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- for sbt channels
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FREELISTS
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- from_schema
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- from_type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- gateway initialization file
- HS_FDS_CAPABILITY (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_CAPABILITY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_FETCH_ROWS (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_PACKAGE_COLLID (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_PACKAGE_COLLID (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway initialization parameter, described
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- grant_option
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grantee
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- HS_DB_DOMAIN
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_FDS_RECOVERY_ACCOUNT
- DB2 UDB for iSeries (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_FDS_RECOVERY_PWD
- DB2 UDB for iSeries (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- HS_NLS_DATE_FORMAT
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_RPC_FETCH_REBLOCKING
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HS_RPC_FETCH_SIZE
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IN
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- IN OUT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- in syntax
- optional (SQL Language Reference)
- required (SQL Language Reference)
- in syntax diagrams
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- inferring data type
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- initialization
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- locking behavior (Concepts)
- latency
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- linguistic sorts
(Globalization Support Guide)
- listen_delivery_mode
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- log_directory
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- log_level
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- mapped to TPC/IP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- mapping output
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- max_retries
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MAXDATAFILES
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- MAXLOGFILES
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- MAXLOGHISTORY
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- memory management
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- message_grouping
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message_properties
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message_properties_array
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- methods of setting
(Globalization Support Guide)
- modes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- modified after installation
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- monetary
(Globalization Support Guide)
- MSG_STATE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- msgid
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- multiple_consumers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- namespace
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- navigation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- needed for commit-confirm support
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- new
- FDS_CLASS (startup shell) (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- FDS_INSTANCE (startup shell) (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- next_time
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- NLS_CALENDAR
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_COMP
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CREDIT
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_CURRENCY
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DATE_FORMAT
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DATE_LANGUAGE
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DEBIT
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_DUAL_CURRENCY
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_ISO_CURRENCY
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LANG
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LANGUAGE
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_LIST_SEPARATOR
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_MONETARY_CHARACTERS
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_NCHAR_CONV_EXCP
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_NUMERIC_CHARACTERS
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_SORT
(Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS_TERRITORY
(Globalization Support Guide)
- numeric
(Globalization Support Guide)
- obj_location
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- obsolete, in gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- OCI_COMMIT_ON_SUCCESS
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_DEFAULT
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_FETCHSTATEMENT_BY_COLUMN
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_FETCHSTATEMENT_BY_ROW
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OCI_RETURN_NULLS
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- OPEN_LINKS
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- original_msgid
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OUT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- OUT and IN OUT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- OWNER_INSTANCE
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- passing strings
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- payload
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- payload_array
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PGA
- described for SNA (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- described for TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- post_count
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- post_list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- primary_instance
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- priority
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- purge_condition
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- purge_options
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_payload_type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_table
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_to_queue
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- recipient_list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reg_count
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reg_list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- relative_msgid
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- REMOTE_LISTENER
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- renamed since version 4 (gateway initialization)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- reports
- Security Related Database Parameters Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retention_time
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- retry_delay
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- secondary_instance
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- secure
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- See initialization parameters
- see PGA parameters and gateway
- see PGAU commands
- See remote procedural call (RPC)
- See SET LOG_DESTINATION
- See SET TRACE_LEVEL
- sender_id
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sequence_deviation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- shm_max
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- shm_seg
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- shmmax
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- shmseg
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- sort_list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- src_queue_name
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- start_time
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- state
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- storage
(Concepts)
- storage_clause
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- streams_pool_size
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- string length
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- that must be identical on all instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- that must be unique on all instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- time and date
(Globalization Support Guide)
- time zone
(Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- to_schema
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- to_type
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transaction_group
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- USE_INDIRECT_DATA_BUFFERS
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- user values
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user_property
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- USING
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- viewing system-defined
(Text Reference)
- visibility
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- wait
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
PARAMETERS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PARAMETERS clause with external procedure
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
parameters for response file
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
parameters in stored scripts
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PARENS option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
parent ACL
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
parent attribute
- method for getting
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
parent cursor
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
parent element, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
parent factors
- See factors
-
parent identifier
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
parent layer
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
parent link
- getting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
parent Model objects
- of a CustomModel
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- of a Model
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
parent node
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting ID
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a node
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
parent row
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
parent tabs
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
parent workspace
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- conflicts with
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
PARENT_ID column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
parentheses
- altering precedence
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- grouping character
(Text Reference)
- nested
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- to control evaluation order
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- to improve readability
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
parentNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
parent-child relations
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
parent-child relationships
- in hierarchies
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- in levels
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
PARFILE parameter
- Data Pump Export utility
(Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
- Export command line
(Utilities)
- Import command line
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line
(Utilities)
-
PARMS parameter
- allocOperandList subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SEND command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PARSE
- precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
parse
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
PARSE command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
parse error offset
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- how to interpret
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in error reporting
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
parse exception errors
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
PARSE option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
parse option (sqlj -parse)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PARSE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARSE procedure
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
parse()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
PARSEBUFFER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARSECLOB procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARSED_PIECES PL/SQL system view
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PARSED_SIZE PL/SQL system view
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
parsedEntityDecl()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
PARSEDTD procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
parseDTD()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
parseDTD() method
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PARSEDTDBUFFER procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PARSEDTDCLOB procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Parser Datatypes
(XML C++ API Reference)
- DOMParserIdType
(XML C++ API Reference)
- ParserExceptionCode
(XML C++ API Reference)
- SAXParserIdType
(XML C++ API Reference)
- SchValidatorIdType
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
Parser for Java
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- constructor extension functions
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- oraxsl
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- return value extension function
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- supported database
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- using DTDs
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Parser for Java, overview
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Parser package for C++
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
ParserException Interface
- getCode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getMesLang()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getMessage()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getParserCode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser package
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
ParserExceptionCode datatype, Parser package
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
parseSchVal()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
parsing
- embedded SQL
(Concepts)
- hard
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle Forms
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle precompilers
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- reducing unnecessary calls
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- soft
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- storage of information
(Concepts)
-
parsing dynamic statements
- PREPARE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
parsing dynamic statements, PREPARE command
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
parsing expressions
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Parsing Schema attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
parsing, SQL
(Concepts)
- hard parse
(Concepts)
- soft parse
(Concepts)
-
Partial ADDM mode
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
partial backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PARTIAL OUTER plan option
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
partial update of XML data
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
partial validation of XML data
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
partial_database_recovery
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
partition
- using with ASM
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- using with Automatic Storage Management
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
PARTITION ... LOB storage clause
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
partition BLOB
- generating
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
partition BLOBs
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- generating
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- generating and loading from
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PARTITION BY HASH clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PARTITION BY LIST clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PARTITION BY RANGE clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for composite-partitioned tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
partition by reference
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PARTITION BY REFERENCE clause
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
partition cache
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- loading configuration
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
Partition Change Tracking (PCT)
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- refresh
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- with Pmarkers
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
PARTITION clause
- for composite-partitioned tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for list partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- for range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ANALYZE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of DELETE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of INSERT
(SQL Language Reference)
- of LOCK TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of UPDATE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Partition Exchange Loading (PEL)
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- configuring targets for
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- mappings for
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- performance considerations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- restrictions on
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
PARTITION function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
partition outer join
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
partition pruning
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dynamic
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- static
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
partition size
- getting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PARTITION table
- routing engine use of
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
partition table
- definition
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
partition templates
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partition names
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partitioning method
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
partition_attributes
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
partition_extended_name
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
partition_extension_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PARTITION_ID column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PARTITION_OPTIONS parameter
- Data Pump Import utility
(Utilities)
-
partition_spec
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PARTITION_START column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PARTITION_STOP column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PARTITIONCHECK function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
partitioned
- indexes
(Globalization Support Guide)
- tables
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
partitioned index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- cannot be created or dropped on version-enabled table
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- creating local in parallel
(Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
- improved response time
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- local
(Text Reference)
- parallel creation
(Text Reference)
- rebuild example
(Text Reference)
-
partitioned index creation
- example
(Text Reference)
-
partitioned indexes
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #7] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- adding partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating local index on composite partitioned table
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating local index on hash partitioned table
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- determining unusable status of partitions
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- local, creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- maintenance operations
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- maintenance operations, table of
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying partition default attributes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- rebuilding index partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- renaming index partitions/subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- secondary indexes on index-organized tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- splitting partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- user-defined
(SQL Language Reference)
-
partitioned index-organized tables
- restrictions for LOB columns
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- secondary indexes, updating
(SQL Language Reference)
-
partitioned loads
- concurrent conventional path loads
(Utilities)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
partitioned network
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
partitioned objects
- and EXPLAIN PLAN statement
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
partitioned outer join
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
partitioned spatial indexes
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- exchanging partitions
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
partitioned tables
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- adding partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- adding subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- coalescing partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-list partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating interval-range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-list partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating list-range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-list partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating range-range partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating reference partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data warehouses
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- DISABLE ROW MOVEMENT
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- dropping partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- ENABLE ROW MOVEMENT
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- export consistency and
(Utilities)
- exporting
(Utilities)
- importing
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- index-organized tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- loading
(Utilities)
- maintenance operations
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- marking indexes UNUSABLE
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #6] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #7] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #8] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #9] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #10] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #11] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #12] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- merging partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying
(Text Reference)
- modifying default attributes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- modifying real attributes of subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- moving subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- multicolumn partitioning keys
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition definitions
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- partitioning options
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- rebuilding index partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- redefining partitions online
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- rules for (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- renaming subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- splitting partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartitioning options (templates)
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- truncating partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- truncating subpartitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- updating global indexes automatically
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
partitioned variables
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- aggregating
(OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting data from
(OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving dimensions of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving partitioning method
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Partitioning
- must be enabled for RDF and OWL
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
partitioning
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- benefits
(OLAP User's Guide)
- by range
(SQL Language Reference)
- clauses
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- composite
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-hash
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-range
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-hash
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-range
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- data segment compression
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- bitmap indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default partition
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- default subpartition
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- description
(OLAP User's Guide)
- discussed
(OLAP User's Guide)
- distribution value
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- examples of
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- examples of composite
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- index-organized tables
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-hash
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-range
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-hash
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-range
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- maintaining partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- of materialized view logs
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of materialized views
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- prebuilt tables
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- range
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range with interval partitions
(SQL Language Reference)
- range-hash
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-list
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-range
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- reference
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- start and stop columns
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- subpartition templates
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- system
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- tables containing Oracle object
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- virtual columns
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
partitioning a database migration
(Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- advantages of
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- disadvantages of
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- procedure during export
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
-
Partitioning Advisor for cubes
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
partitioning methods
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
partitioning referential constraint
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
partitioning strategies
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
partitioning XMLType tables
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
partitioning, index
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
partitioning_storage_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
partitions
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- adding
(SQL Language Reference)
- adding rows to
(SQL Language Reference)
- adding values to
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- allocating extents for
(SQL Language Reference)
- based on literal values
(SQL Language Reference)
- bitmap indexes
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- caching
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- composite
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- converting into nonpartitioned tables
(SQL Language Reference)
- creation for Automatic Storage Management disks
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- deallocating unused space from
(SQL Language Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- list partitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining, hash by quantity partitions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- defining, list partitions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- defining, range partitions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting data
(OLAP DML Reference)
- disks, Glossary
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(SQL Language Reference)
- dynamic partitioning
(Concepts)
- elimination from queries
(Concepts)
- equipartitioning
- examples (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- local indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- exchanging with tables
(SQL Language Reference)
- extents
- allocating for an index (SQL Language Reference)
- global indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- hash
(Concepts)
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- coalescing (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- hash by quantity
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- hash partitions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- identifying for value
(OLAP DML Reference)
- index
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- index-organized tables
(Concepts)
- inserting rows into
(SQL Language Reference)
- keys
(Concepts)
- list
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- list, adding
(SQL Language Reference)
- LOB storage characteristics of
(SQL Language Reference)
- local indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- locking
(SQL Language Reference)
- locking segments of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- logging attribute
(SQL Language Reference)
- logging insert operations
(SQL Language Reference)
- materialized views
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- merging
(SQL Language Reference)
- modifying
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- moving values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- nonprefixed indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- parallel DDL
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition pruning
- indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partition table
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partitioning a network
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- partitioning indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- physical attributes
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- prefixed indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- pruning
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- recovery of
(Concepts)
- removing rows from
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming
(SQL Language Reference)
- resident
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- retrieving dimensions of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving names of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- revising values in
(SQL Language Reference)
- rules of parallelism
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- segments
(Concepts)
- single-level
(Concepts)
- specifying values of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- splitting
(SQL Language Reference)
- storage characteristics
(SQL Language Reference)
- strategies
(Concepts)
- subpartitions, creating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- table
(Concepts)
- tables
(Concepts)
- tablespace for
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- types
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using for editing and analysis
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PARTITIONS clause
- for hash partitions
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
partitionwise joins
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
partition-extended editioning view name
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
partition-extended table names
- in DML statements
(SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions on
(SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(SQL Language Reference)
-
partition-level Export
(Utilities)
- example session
(Utilities)
-
partition-level Import
(Utilities)
- specifying
(Utilities)
-
partition-wise joins
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- full
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- full, and EXPLAIN PLAN output
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- partial
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partial, and EXPLAIN PLAN output
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Partner LU
- locations profile, on AIX
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on HP-UX
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on Solaris
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- profile
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- see also LUs
- Partner (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
parts-of-speech tagging
(Text Reference)
-
pass phrase
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- for SSH
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- read and parse server.key file
(Security Guide)
-
passes option (sqlj -passes)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
passes, two-pass compiling
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PASSING clause of XMLTable
- FROM list order
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Passing commands to database
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
passing commands to database
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
passing options to other executables
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
passthrough
- gateway features
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- native DB2 SQL
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- send SQL statement directly to DRDA server
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
PassThrough DSN attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
passthrough feature
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
-
PassThrough optimizer flag
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
passthrough SQL
- avoiding SQL interpretation
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- executing statements
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- non-queries (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- queries (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- with bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- with IN bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- with IN OUT bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- with OUT bind variables (Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- implications of using
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- overview
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
- restrictions
(Heterogeneous Connectivity User's Guide)
-
passwd command
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
passwd file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
password
- [entry #2] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- change using ALTER USER command
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- changing
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- changing for ADMIN account
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- changing with the PASSWORD command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- defining
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in AUTHORIZATION clause
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in CONNECT command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- obfuscating
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- Oracle authentication
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- Oracle Database Vault Account Manager
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Database Vault Owner
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle password to be used by gateway
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- using TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- overrides
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- resetting
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- setting for SYSTEM account in CREATE DATABASE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting SYS in CREATE DATABASE statement
(Administrator's Guide)
- supplied at runtime
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- viewable warning
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- with operating system authentication
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
password backup encryption
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PASSWORD command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
password complexity
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
password encryption
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PASSWORD EXPIRE clause
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
password file
(2 Day DBA)
- adding users
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- ORAPWD utility
(Administrator's Guide)
- removing
(Administrator's Guide)
- setting REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORD
(Administrator's Guide)
- synchronizing administrator passwords with the data dictionary
(Administrator's Guide)
- viewing members
(Administrator's Guide)
-
password file authentication
(Administrator's Guide)
- for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
password file for Automatic Storage Management
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
PASSWORD FILE parameter, DUPLICATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
password files
- case sensitivity, effect on SEC_CASE_SENSITIVE_LOGON parameter
(Security Guide)
- excluded from backup
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- for duplicate databases
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- how used to authenticate administrators
(Security Guide)
-
Password History Access Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
password management
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
password option (customizer harness)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
password option for checking (sqlj)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
Password Policies
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
password policies
- about
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- configuring
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- default
(2 Day DBA)
- description of
(2 Day DBA)
- setting
(2 Day DBA)
-
PASSWORD statement
- about
(Security Guide)
-
password, specifying
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PASSWORD_GRACE_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PASSWORD_instance_name networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
-
PASSWORD_LIFE_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
-
PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
password_parameters
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
-
PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
-
PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PASSWORD_VERIFIER column
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PASSWORD_VERIFY_FUNCTION parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
passwords
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- about managing
(Security Guide)
- account locking
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- administrative
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrative user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- administrator
- authenticating with (Security Guide)
- guidelines for securing (Security Guide)
- administrator privileges
(Concepts)
- aging and expiration
(Security Guide)
- ALTER PROFILE statement
(Security Guide)
- altering
(Security Guide)
- application design guidelines
(Security Guide)
- applications, strategies for protecting passwords
(Security Guide)
- authenticating
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- best practices
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- brute force attacks
(Security Guide)
- case sensitive
(Upgrade Guide)
- case sensitivity of
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- case sensitivity setting, SEC_CASE_SENSITIVE_LOGIN
(Security Guide)
- case sensitivity, configuring
(Security Guide)
- changing
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- changing at runtime
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- changing at runtime with ALTER AUTHORIZATION
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- changing for roles
(Security Guide)
- complexity
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- complexity verification
- about (Security Guide)
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- complexity, guidelines for enforcing
(Security Guide)
- connecting to RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- connecting with
(Concepts)
- connecting without
(Security Guide)
- CREATE PROFILE statement
(Security Guide)
- danger in storing as clear text
(Security Guide)
- database user authentication
(Security Guide)
- default for SYS and SYSTEM
(Administrator's Guide)
- default profile settings
- about (Security Guide)
- default security setting, modified by
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- default user account
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- default, finding
(Security Guide)
- defining
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- delays for incorrect passwords
(Security Guide)
- duration
(Security Guide)
- encrypted
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- encrypted backup sets
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- encrypting
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- examples of creating
(Security Guide)
- expiration of
(SQL Language Reference)
- expiring
(2 Day DBA)
- explicitly (Security Guide)
- procedure for (Security Guide)
- proxy account passwords (Security Guide)
- with grace period (Security Guide)
- failed logins, resetting
(Security Guide)
- for decryption
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- forgotten, solution for
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- grace period
(SQL Language Reference)
- grace period, example
(Security Guide)
- guaranteeing complexity
(SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for security
(Security Guide)
- hardcoding
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- history
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- identifying risks
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- in Warehouse Builder
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- installation defaults
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- Java code example to read passwords
(Security Guide)
- length
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- lifetime for
(Security Guide)
- limiting use and reuse
(SQL Language Reference)
- lock time
(Security Guide)
- locking
(SQL Language Reference)
- making unavailable
(SQL Language Reference)
- management
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- management rules
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- managing
(Security Guide)
- maximum reuse time
(Security Guide)
- ORAPWD password utility
(Security Guide)
- parameters
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- password complexity verification
(Security Guide)
- password file
(Administrator's Guide)
- password file risks
(Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_LOCK_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_MAX initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
- PASSWORD_REUSE_TIME initialization parameter
(Security Guide)
- policies
(Security Guide)
- privileges for changing for roles
(Security Guide)
- privileges to alter
(Security Guide)
- protections, built-in
(Security Guide)
- proxy authentication
(Security Guide)
- RAC SYSDBA
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORDFILE initialization parameter
(Reference)
- reports
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Account Default Password Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Password History Access Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Username/Password Tables Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- requirements
(Security Guide)
- resetting
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- with Database Control (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- with SQL*Plus (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- reusing
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- reusing passwords
(Security Guide)
- reviewing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- roles authenticated by passwords
(Security Guide)
- roles enabled by SET ROLE statement
(Security Guide)
- save
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- secure external password store
(Security Guide)
- security risks
(Security Guide)
- See also authentication, and access control list (ACL), wallet access
- See also security
- setting REMOTE_LOGIN_PASSWORD parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- special characters in
(SQL Language Reference)
- specifying for response files
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- SYS and SYSTEM
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYS user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- SYSTEM user
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- unlocking
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- with Database Control (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- with SQL*Plus (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- used in roles
(Security Guide)
- UTLPWDMG.SQL password script
- password management (Security Guide)
- verified using SHA-1 hashing algorithm
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
passwords for security
- requirements
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
password-based encryption
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
password-mode encryption
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
Pass-Through Feature
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
Pass-through feature
(Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
-
pass-through feature
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
patch
- creating
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
patch set releases
- upgrading
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
patch sets
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- applying
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- definition of
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
patch updates
- download
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- install
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- My Oracle Support
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
patch upgrades
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
patches
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- applying
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition of
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- installing
(Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Restart (Administrator's Guide)
- Instant Client/Instant Client Light restrictions
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- minimum downtime patching
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- obtaining
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- opatch utility
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- operating system patches for Oracle RAC
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- rolling patching
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- security consideration
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- staging
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- two-person integrity used for
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- uploading to the Patch Cache
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- uploading to the Software Library
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
patching
- additional checks for RAC
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- backup and recovery considerations
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- conflict detection and resolution
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- conflicts
- duplicate (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- subset (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- superset (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- types (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- debugging
- logging and tracing (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- recovering from failed patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- resolving application errors (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- description of process
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- environment variables
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- getting interim patches
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- online
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- OPatch utility for OUI-based Oracle homes
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- prerequisite checks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- problem resolution
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Real Application Clusters
- all node patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- minimum downtime patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- rolling patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- requirements
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- standalone
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- inventory operations use cases (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- patching operations use cases (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- schema patching options (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- SQL execution (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- unsupported services (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- utility for standalone homes (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- utility operations use cases (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- troubleshooting
- logging and tracing (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- recovering from failed patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- resolving application errors (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
Patching wizard
(2 Day DBA)
-
PATCHREPOSITORYRESCONFIGLIST Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
patchset releases
- downgrading
(Upgrade Guide)
-
patchsets for upgrades
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
PATH
- environment variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
path (WITH clause), unsupported
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
path and classpath
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
path attribute
(Text Reference)
-
path component of a resource path name
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
PATH environment variable
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #4] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #5] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- setting
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
PATH environment variable, specifying
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PATH function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
path ID
- setting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
path index of XMLIndex
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
path name
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- getting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- resolution
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
path name, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
path names
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
path section searching
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
path SQL function
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
path table
- definition
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
path table of XMLIndex
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
path type
- setting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PATH variable
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
PATH_ITEM_T Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PATH_ITEMS_T Table Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PATH_SECTION_GROUP
- example
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- querying with
(Text Reference)
-
PATH_SECTION_GROUP object
(Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
PATH_SECTION_GROUP system-defined preference
(Text Reference)
-
PATH_VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
PATH_VIEW view
(Reference)
-
PATHIDTABLE Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
pathname
- for java.exe
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
pathnames
- Optimal Flexible Architecture
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
paths
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- adding
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- checking if active
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if closed
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if connected
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if in logical network
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if simple or complex
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking if temporary
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking the .pre files
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- complex
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- computing the geometry
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- definition
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- deleting
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting cost
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting end node
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting geometry
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting name
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting node IDs
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting number of links
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting start node
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting type
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- invalid
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- minimum cost
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- returning all
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting geometry
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting ID
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting name
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting type
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- simple
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- subpaths
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- temporary
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
paths getting maximum path ID
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
path-based access to repository resources
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
path-index trigger
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
path-link table
- definition
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
pattern
- check if it exists in BFILE using instr
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- see if it exists IN LOB using (instr)
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
pattern (regular expression)
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
pattern analysis
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Pattern Matching
(Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
-
Pattern matching
(Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
-
pattern matching
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- table names during import
(Utilities)
-
pattern matching in LIKE predicate
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
pattern-matching conditions
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PAUSE command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
Pause state
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
PAUSE variable
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PAUSE_PROFILER function and procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PAUSE_REPLAY Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
pausing chains and chain steps
(Administrator's Guide)
-
payloads
- ANYDATA wrappers for
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Internet operations
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- restrictions
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- structured
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformations with Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- XMLType
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
payment schedules
(OLAP DML Reference)
- for loan interest
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- for loans
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
PBMF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PC X server
- installing from
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
pcbcfg.cfg file
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
pccfor.cfg file
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PCDATA, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
pcmake.bat
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
pcscfg.cfg configuration file
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
pcscfg.cfg file
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PCT_ACCESS_DIRECT statistics
- for index-organized tables
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PCTFREE parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- of ALTER CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- value for complex materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
-
PCTFREE storage parameter
- how it works
(Concepts)
-
PCTINCREASE parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- of STORAGE clause
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PCTINCREASE parameter, recommended value for LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PCTTHRESHOLD parameter
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PCTUSED parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- of ALTER CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX. See CREATE TABLE
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW. See CREATE TABLE.
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- value for complex materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
-
PCTVERSION
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PCTVERSION parameter
- of LOB storage
(SQL Language Reference)
- of LOB storage clause
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PCXF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PCXRLE image compression format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PD (positional descriptor)
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
PDA
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PDA, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PDF printing
- problems
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PDF results using FOP
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PDS (partitioned dataset)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
peeking
- bind variables
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
peer-to-peer replication. See multimaster replication
-
pending area for Database Resource Manager plans
(Administrator's Guide)
- validating plan schema changes
(Administrator's Guide)
-
pending DML
- viewing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
-
pending transaction tables
(Administrator's Guide)
-
pending updates
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PeopleSoft
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
- importing metadata
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
Peoplesoft
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Peoplesoft application data
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
percent sign (%) wildcard character
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PERCENT_RANK (aggregate) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PERCENT_RANK (analytic) function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PERCENT_RANK function
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PERCENTAGE function
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PERCENTAGE_TO_MEASURE function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PERCENTILE_CONT function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PERCENTILE_DISC function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
performance
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- aggregates by services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- allocating channels
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- and altered tables
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- and autocommit
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- and foreign key constraints
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- and isolation modes
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- and temporary data stores
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- application contexts
(Security Guide)
- application tuning
- autocommit mode (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- checkpoints (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- connection overhead (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- durable commits (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- maintenance options (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ODBC tracing (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- transaction rollback (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- transaction size (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ASH sampling to address transient problems
(High Availability Overview)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- automatic index creation
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- balancing against data availability
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- balancing against data protection
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- batch execution
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- batch SQL operations
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- binding parameters
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- buffered messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- bulk fetch rows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- bulk fetch, prefetch
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- causes of poor
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- choosing a database character set
(Globalization Support Guide)
- Client
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- comprehensive global data
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- concurrent processes
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- configuring I/O
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- data store tuning
- driver usage (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- specifying size (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- temporary vs. permanent data store (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- data type conversions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- database audit trail, moving to different tablespace
(Security Guide)
- DSS database
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- during OCI Unicode character set conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- dynamic performance views (V$)
(Concepts)
- eliminating extra parsing to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- emergencies
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- getString() method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- group commits
(Concepts)
- guidelines
- reading/writing large data chunks (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading/writing large data chunks, temporary LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- high event rates, JMS/XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- improvement method
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- improvement method steps
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- improving
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- improving when using integrity constraints
(Utilities)
- improving with compression
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- incremental backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- index column order
(Administrator's Guide)
- isolation levels
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- Java application tuning
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- JMS/XLA application tuning
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- join columns in materialized views
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- join rows in materialized views
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- location of datafiles and
(Administrator's Guide)
- lock levels
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- lock timeout interval
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- mainframe
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- materialized views
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- MONITOR system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- monitoring
(Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring activity by wait events, services, and instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring database throughput
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring global cache block access
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring memory on Windows
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring potential problems in the database
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- native compilation
(Java Developer's Guide)
- network data model API
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- of SQL statements
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- optimizing
- executeArrayUpdate method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setDataBuffer method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- optimizing for direct path loads
(Utilities)
- optimizing reading of SQL*Loader datafiles
(Utilities)
- optimizing SQL statements to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager tools
(Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Streams
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams AQ and RAC
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams Performance Advisor
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- gathering information (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams components (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- viewing statistics (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database policies
(Security Guide)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database policy types
(Security Guide)
- over dial-up lines
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- packages
(Concepts)
- persistent messaging
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- prefixed and nonprefixed indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- prepared statement pooling
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- primary components affecting
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- propagation tuning
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue table indexes
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- reasons for poor
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication throughput
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- resource limits and
(Security Guide)
- serial processes
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- service aggregates by instances
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service aggregates by waits
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shared pool
(Reference)
- shared servers
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SQL tuning
- indexes (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- prepare operations (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- SQLGetData
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- storage parameters
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- tools for diagnosing and tuning
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- ttXlaAcknowledge
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- tuning
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- tuning original Import
(Utilities)
- UNIX-based systems
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- using ADDM
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using embedded PL/SQL to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using hints
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using HOLD_CURSOR to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using host arrays to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using indexes to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- using query rewrite
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using RELEASE_CURSOR to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using row-level locking to improve
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using SQL Access Advisor
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- using SQL Tuning Advisor
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- viewing execution plans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- wildcard searches
(Text Reference)
- Windows
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- working locally
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- -Dlimit parameter
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
performance and tuning information
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- for Spatial operators
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PERFORMANCE compile-time warning
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
performance counters
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
performance effect
- command rules
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports
- Resource Profiles Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- System Resource Limits Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- static evaluation for rule sets
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
performance enhancements
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- with fetch reblocking
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
performance enhancements, standard vs. Oracle
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
performance evaluation
- overview and concepts
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
performance extensions
- defining column types
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- TABLE_REMARKS reporting
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
performance monitoring, DMS support
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
performance optimization
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
performance page
- Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
Performance page customization
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
-
performance problems
- common
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- diagnosing
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- disk
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- real-time
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- transient
(2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
Performance Tool Box Agent
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
performance tools
- Database Control, realms
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager
- command rules (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control
- command rules (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- STATSPACK utility
- command rules (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- TKPROF utility
- command rules (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- factors (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
performance tuning
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- application managed data buffering
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- array fetch using next() method
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data buffering
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Fast-Start Fault Recovery
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- indexing
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- instance recovery
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- FAST_START_MTTR_TARGET (Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting FAST_START_MTTR_TARGET (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using V$INSTANCE_RECOVERY (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle Data Pump
(Utilities)
- querying
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- short waits
- definition of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- updating index
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
performance tuning tools
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
performance tuning, RMAN
- backup performance
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- LARGE_POOL_SIZE initialization parameter
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- long waits
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
performance tunning
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection sharing
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reading and writing multiple LOBs
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared server environments
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- thread safety (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- thread safety
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- transparent application failover
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
performance, Oracle Label Security
- ANALYZE command
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- indexes
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- label tag strategy
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- partitioning
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- READ privilege
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PERFORMANCE_PARTS table
- adding constraint to
- Not Null (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- Not Null (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- Primary Key (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- adding rows to
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- changing data in
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- deleting data from
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- description of
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
performing
- Data Watch and Repair for MDM
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
performing a stack trace
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
performing ETL
- steps
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using cubes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using dimensions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using mappings
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
period (.)
- terminating PL/SQL blocks
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
period to date
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
periodic purges
- scheduling
(Advanced Replication)
-
periodic pushes
- scheduling
(Advanced Replication)
-
PERL-influenced extensions to POSIX standard
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
perm_in_use_size column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
PERMANENT clause
- of ALTER TABLESPACE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
permanent data partition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
permanent data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- automatic checkpointing
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
permanent_tablespace_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PermGen
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
permission
- Oracle-specific
(Java Developer's Guide)
- types
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
Permission class
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
permission programs
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
permissions
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- administrating
(Java Developer's Guide)
- assigning
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- assigning to an object definition
(OLAP DML Reference)
- creating
(Java Developer's Guide)
- debugging
(Java Developer's Guide)
- default
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- deleting
(Java Developer's Guide)
- directory
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- disabling
(Java Developer's Guide)
- enabling
(Java Developer's Guide)
- file
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- for data file directories
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- for Oracle base directory
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- granting
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- granting policy
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- granting, example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- grouped into roles
(Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVA_ADMIN role
(Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVADEBUGPRIV role
(Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVASYSPRIV role
(Java Developer's Guide)
- JAVAUSERPRIV role
(Java Developer's Guide)
- limiting
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- limiting, example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- PUBLIC
(Java Developer's Guide)
- recalculating permission
(OLAP DML Reference)
- restricting
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- restricting, example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- run-time facilities
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- specifying conditions for accessing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying policy
(Java Developer's Guide)
- SYS permission
(Java Developer's Guide)
- types
(Java Developer's Guide)
- violations of
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
permissions file for udev
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
permissions to execute PL/SQL packages
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
PERMIT command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PERMIT_READ program
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
PERMIT_WRITE program
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
PERMITERROR option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PERMITRESET command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PermSize attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- [entry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- monitoring
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- specifying
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PermSize DSN attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
PermWarnThreshold attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
persistence
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
persistence models of XML data
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
persistent copies of objects
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
persistent LCRs
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
persistent LOB instance
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
persistent messaging
- compared to buffered
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- performance
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- tuning
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
persistent mode, XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
persistent objects
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- creating
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- meta-attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone objects
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- types
- embedded objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- nonreferenceable objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- referenceable objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
persistent queue
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
persistent queues
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- statistics
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
persistent socket transaction type
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
persistent transaction type, for gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
persistent transactions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
persistent user messages
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
Personal Digital Assistant (PDA)
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
Personal Digital Assistant, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Personal Edition
(Licensing Information)
-
pessimistic locking
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
pet magnet
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- gist
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- illustration
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- themes
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PFILE parameter
- DUPLICATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- STARTUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
pfile settings
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
PG Data Dictionary
- See PG DD
-
PG DD
- after upgrade
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- allowing multiple users
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- creating public synonyms for multiple users
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- install script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- installing for gateway configuration
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- no access from earlier PGAU versions
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- restoring previous version
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- tables
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- upgrade when upgrading gateway
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- using PGAU to upgrade existing entries
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PG DD (Data Dictionary)
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- active dictionary
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sequence numbers (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- versioning (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- active dictionary tables
- pga_call (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_call_parm (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_attr (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_data_values (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_fields (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_attr (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_calls (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_trans_values (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data definitions for parameters over 32K in length
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatype conversion support for COBOL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition names
- valid characters in (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- diagnostic
- options (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- references (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- entries, creating a TIP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- environment dictionary tables
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_modes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pga_usage (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in writing PGAU statements
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- keyword form in storage
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- maintenance
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overview
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- preparing client application
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- purpose of REPORT command
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- relationship to PGAU
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- remote transaction definitions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- ROLLBACK command
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- select scripts
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- storage of information needed for PGAU GENERATE to perform
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- transaction attributes
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (SKIP)
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- version definition tables
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pg4tcpmap table
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- see PGA_TCP_IMSC table
-
pg4tcpmap tool
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- calling, to map DEFINE TRANSACITON parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- commands to operate PGA_TCP_IMSC table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- description and function in the gateway
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in mapping input parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in remote transaction initiation (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- function in remote transaction initiation
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- output sample
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- preparation for populating PGA_TCP_IMSC table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- setting parameters in initsid.ora
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- to map SideProfile name
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA
- administrator
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- initialization files
- initPGAI.ora and initPGAU.ora (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- See Program Global Area
-
PGA Advisor
- description
(2 Day DBA)
-
PGA parameters
- described
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- list of, for gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- LOG_DESTINATION
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using
- SNA (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_CAPABILITY
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- choosing settings (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- options for updating foreign databases (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- protections against data problems (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_CAPABILITY, for gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_CONFIRM
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- choosing settings (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_LOG_DB
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_LOG_PASS
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_LOG_USER
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_RECOVERY_PASS
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_RECOVERY_TPNAME
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_RECOVERY_USER
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE, on all platforms
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=SAME, on all platforms
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- PGA_TCP_PASS
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- TRACE_LEVEL
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA, instance
- definition
(Concepts)
-
PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET initialization parameter
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
-
PGA_AGGREGATE_TARGET, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
pga_call table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_call_parm table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_CAPABILITY
- See PGA parameters
-
PGA_CC_PENDING table
- commit-confirm transaction log
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_compilers table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_CONFIRM
- See PGA parameters for gateway using SNA or TCP/IP
-
pga_data table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_data_attr
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_data_values table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_datatype_attr table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_datatype_values table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_datatypes table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_env_attr table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_env_values table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_environments table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_fields table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_maint table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_modes constant
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_SECURITY_TYPE
- See PGA parameters
-
PGA_SECURITY_TYPE parameter
- and TCP/IP security
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=NONE, on all platforms
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_SECURITY_TYPE=SAME, on all platforms
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_DB
- PGA parameter
- for gateway using TCP/IP (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_DB parameter (TCP/IP only)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_DB PGA parameter (TCP/IP only)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_IMSC table
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- content and parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- for mapping SNA parameters to TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- loading, on gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- querying
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_TCP_PASS
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_TCP_PASS parameter (TCP/IP only)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_PASS PGA parameter (TCP/IP only)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGA_TCP_USER
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGA_TCP_USER parameter (TCP/IP only)
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pga_trans table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_trans_attr table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_trans_calls table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_trans_values table
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_usage
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pga_usage constant
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAADMIN
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating the gateway administrator user ID
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- granting access to additional users
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- granting execution privileges on DBMS_PIPE
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- initial password during creation
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaccau.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgacclg.asm file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgacics.sql
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgacics.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgacr8au.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgadb2c.cob file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgadb2i file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgadb2i.pkb
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgadb2i.pkb file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgadb2i.pkh file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgadb2i.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgadb2id.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgaecho.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaflip.asm file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaflip.jcl file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGAI
- setting up
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaidms.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaims file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgaims.sql
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgaims.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgaimsc.sql
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGAINIT
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- role in mapping SNA parameters to TCP/IP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAINIT function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAINIT TIP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgamvs.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgareco.asm file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgasna.export file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGATCTL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGATERM
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGATERM function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgatiptr.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGATRAC
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAU
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- accesses definitions in PG DD
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- commands- also called "statements"
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COMMIT processing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- control files
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- defining and testing a TIP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- used to generate TIP specifications (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- used to generate TIP specifications (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition names
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition versioning
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definitions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- generation
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- interpretation of COBOL symbols in datatype conversion
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- invoking
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- keywords
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- known restrictions in this release
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- overview
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- purpose of PGDL
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- restoring previous versions
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- role in calling TIPs, on gateway using TCP/IP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- ROLLBACK processing
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample input
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- setting up
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- upgrading existing PG DD entries
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- writing statements
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- -generated TIP specifications
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- -generated TIP specifications use UTL_PG
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- -generated TIP specifications use UTL_RAW
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGAU commands
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- CONNECT
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- CONNECT, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE CALL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- call list (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DATA
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COBOL COPY REPLACE restrictions (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE DATA, datatype conversions
- USAGE (ASIS) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (PASS) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- USAGE (SKIP) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE PGAU, call list
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DEFINE TRANSACTION, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- defining correlation between TIP and RTP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DESCRIBE
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DESCRIBE, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DISCONNECT
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DISCONNECT, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXECUTE
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXECUTE, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXIT
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- EXIT, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- formatting of Call and Transaction reports
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- four main types, in control file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- GENERATE
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- error messages (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- problem analysis (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- produces TIP in output files (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- produces TIP in output files (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- support and non-support for parameters over 32K length (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- to upgrade existing TIPs (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- traces (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- GROUP
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- HOST
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using SNA
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PRINT
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REDEFINE DATA
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REM
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REM, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REPORT
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- REPORT, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SHOW
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SHOW, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SPOOL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SPOOL, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TRANSACTION
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE CALL
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE CALL, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE DATA
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE DATA, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE TRANSACTION
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE TRANSACTION, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UNDEFINE, sample
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- VARIABLE
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- VARIABLE, parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAU script file
- adding spool and echo
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgau.trc file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgavsn.sql file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGAXFER
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGAXFER function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGDD
- compatibility issues between new and older gateways
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGDD (Data Dictionary)
- environment sequence numbers
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgddadev.sql
- file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgddapub.sql
- file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgddausr.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgddcr8.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgddcr8.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgddcr8r.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgddcr8s.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGDDDEF role
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGDDGEN role
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- adding a privilege for upgrading PG DD entries
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pgddupgr.sql script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PGDL (Procedural Gateway Definition Language)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PGM package
- description
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- error code definitions
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- unsupported MQI calls
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM_BQM package
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM_SUP package
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- description
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM.MQGMO type definition
- description
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM.MQMD type definition
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM.MQOD type definition
- PGM_SUP constants
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM.MQOPEN procedure
- error condition 2085
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM.MQPMO type definition
- description
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM_SUP constants
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgm.sql
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGM8.MQOPEN procedure
- error condition 2085
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGMADMIN
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgmbqm8.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgmdeploy8.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGMDEV role
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PGMF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
pgmsup8.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgmundeploy.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgtflip
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflip.pkb
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflip.pkb file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflip.pkh
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflip.pkh file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflip.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflipd
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflipd.sql
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgtflipd.sql file
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
pgvwbremove9.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
pgvwbrepos9.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
phantom reads
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
phantoms
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PHASE_COMPLETED column
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
phases
- cloning deployment
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cloning preparation
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
phases in the data quality lifecycle
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
phonetic representation, of text expression
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
phonetic writing systems, encoding
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
photogrammetry
- description
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
photometric interpretation
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
PHP
- application logic
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- cascading style sheet
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- character sets
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating files
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- determining user locale
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- display_errors directive
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- error_reporting directive
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- establishing environment
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- externalizing translatable strings
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- GD graphicsextension
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- globalizing your application
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- hello.php
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- here document
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- HTML page encoding
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- installing on Linux
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- installing on Windows
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- NULL values
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.max_persistent
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.persistent_timeout
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- oci8.ping_interval
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- translating HTML and GIF files
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
PHP (Hypertext Preprocessor)
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
PHP functions
- ui_print_footer()
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- ui_print_header()
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
PHP - PHP Hypertext Preprocessor
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
phrase query
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
physical attributes clause
- of ALTER CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
physical backups
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
physical block corruption
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
physical corruption
- media corruption
(High Availability Overview)
-
physical database structures
- control files
(Concepts)
-
physical design
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- structures
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
physical guesses
(Concepts)
-
physical names
- physical name mode
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- syntax for physical object names
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
physical RAM requirements
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
physical reads from cache statistic
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
physical rowid
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
physical standby database
- activating
(SQL Language Reference)
- converting to snapshot standby database
(SQL Language Reference)
- performing rolling upgrades
(Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
-
physical standby databases
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- applying redo data
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply technology (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying redo log files
- starting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- benefits
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- collecting ASH samples
(High Availability Overview)
- configuration options
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- converting datafile path names
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- converting log file path names
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- converting to a logical standby database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating
- checklist of tasks (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring a listener (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initialization parameters for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- traditional initialization parameter file (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- with Data Guard broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failover
- checking for updates (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flashing back after failover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- managing parallel apply
(Data Guard Broker)
- monitoring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- opening for read-only or read/write access
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- read-only
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time query
(High Availability Overview)
- recovering through OPEN RESETLOGS
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- resynchronizing with primary database branch of redo
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role transition and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- rolling forward with BACKUP INCREMENTAL FROM SCN command
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- shutting down
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
- apply services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- state transitions
(Data Guard Broker)
- switchover to the primary role
(Data Guard Broker)
- synchronizing with the primary database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tuning the log apply rate
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- upgrading
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using transportable tablespaces
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
physical storage
- GeoRaster objects
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
physical table name
- and Workspace Manager infrastructure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- getting
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
physical_attributes_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
physical_properties
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PhysicalDataSet
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PhysicalDataSet object
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PIC 9
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PIC G
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatypes
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PIC G datatype conversions
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PIC G datatypes
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PIC G for Globalization Support characters
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PIC N for Globalization Support characters
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PIC X
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PIC X datatypes
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PICT image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PICX precompiler option
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PIECED parameter
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
piecewise binds and defines for LOBs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
piecewise fetch
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
PIECEWISE member procedure
- of ANYDATA TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of ANYDATASET TYPE
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
piecewise operations
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fetch
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- in PL/SQL
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- insert
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- update
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- valid datatypes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
piecewise operations on multilevel nested tables
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
pin count
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
pin duration
- example
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- of objects
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
PING procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
pinning
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
pinning an object's display
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
pinning objects
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
pipe
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
pipe interface, RMAN
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PIPE networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
PIPE parameter, RMAN command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PIPE ROW statement
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
pipe, compiler output messages
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
Pipeline Definition Language
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
Pipeline Definition Language, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PIPELINED
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
pipelined table function
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
pipes
- opening input and output
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- timing out
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
pivot operations
(SQL Language Reference)
- examples
(SQL Language Reference)
- syntax
(SQL Language Reference)
-
Pivot operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- editing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- example
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- expressions for
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- groups
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- input attributes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- output attributes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- row locators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
pivot_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
pivot_for_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
pivot_in_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
pivoting
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- operations
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
pivoting cube edges, example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
pixelOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
pizza shredder
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PKCS #11 devices
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PKCS #11 error messages
- ORA-40300
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ORA-40301
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ORA-40302
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PKCS #7 certificate chain
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- difference from X.509 certificate
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PKENCODE function
(Text Reference)
-
PKGEX(DC) diagnostic option
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PKGEX(DR)
- GENERATE diagnostic option
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PKI
- See public key infrastructure (PKI)
-
pkREFs
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
PL/I
- BASED variables
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- labels
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- preprocessor not supported
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of apostrophes in
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of pointers in embedded SQL
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
PL/I datatypes
- allowed in SQL declare section
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CHARACTER VARYING
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- FIXED DECIMAL
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- supported by Oracle Precompilers
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
PL/Scope tool
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- [entry #15] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #16] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #17] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #18] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #19] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #20] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- about
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- advantages
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- and LOBs, semantics changes
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- and the SQLCA
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- anonymous block
- used to open a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- anonymous blocks
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- application procedures and functions
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- auditing of statements within
(Security Guide)
- bind variables
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- binding and defining nested tables
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- binding and defining REF CURSORS
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- binding placeholders
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- blocks in executable statements
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- blocks, embedded in Oracle precompiler programs
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- blocks, PL/SQL
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BOOLEAN type
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- call
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- calling function in anyco.php
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calling Java from
(Java Developer's Guide)
- calling packaged procedure
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- changing locator-data linkage
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- client applications
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- CLOB variables in
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOB variables in PL/SQL
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOB versus VARCHAR2 comparison
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOBs passed in like VARCHAR2s
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- code
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- code generator
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- collections
(Concepts)
- configuring your environment
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- creating and executing blocks
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- creating VPD policies
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- cursor FOR loop
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cv_types.et_employees() packaged procedure
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- data length limits
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- data types
(Concepts)
- datatype equivalents
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- converted to RAW (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- converted to RAW (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- in a stored procedure definition (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- numeric codes for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_LOB package compared with OCI
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- debugging
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- defining a CLOB Variable on a VARCHAR
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- defining output variables
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- demo directory
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- description of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- developing TIPs
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- difference from SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- differences from C and C++
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- DRDA stored procedures
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- dynamic SQL
(Concepts)
- embedded
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded PL/SQL
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- enabling a trace
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- errors
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- examples
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exception
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- exceptions
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- executing
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing a block using the AT clause
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- execution
(Concepts)
- formatting output in SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- freeing temporary LOBs automatically and manually
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- function in the gateway
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions
- DBMS_MGWADM package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- return values for (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- generating XML with DBMS_XMLQuery
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- HTML tags
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- installing missing packages
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- integrating with server
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- integration with database server
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- integration with server
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- invoking DG4APPC
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- language constructs
(Concepts)
- listing definitions
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- loading data
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- main advantage of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- media queries
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- mode in SQL*Plus
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mode of a parameter
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming algorithms
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- delimiters (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- duplicate names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- qualified compound names (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- object views
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- opening a cursor variable
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- out bind variables
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overloaded procedures
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- package
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- packages
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- summarized (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- unwrapped bodies (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Unwrapped PL/SQL Package Bodies Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- piecewise operations
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL engine
(Concepts)
- PL/SQL tables
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- procedures
- DBMS_MGWADM package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- procedures and functions
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- program units
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- compiled (Concepts)
- shared SQL areas and (Concepts)
- record format
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- RECORD type
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- cannot be bound to a C struct (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- records
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- recreating labels for import
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- relationship with SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- removing packages
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- replaced views and program units
(Administrator's Guide)
- reserved words
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- retrieving media
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- roles in procedures
(Security Guide)
- routine
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- running in background
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- running pgatiptr.sql script to create routines
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- SA_UTL package
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample program
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- setting SQLCA
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- shared memory sizing
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- standard Oracle
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedure
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedures
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- subprogram
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- TABLE type
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- transferring data
- using RAW datatype (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- trusted stored program units
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- uploading media
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- user-defined record
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- user-defined records
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- uses in OCI applications
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using in OCI applications
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using in OCI programs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using with objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UTL_HTTP package
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Multimedia Reference)
- UTL_I18N package
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- UTL_PG package function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UTL_RAW function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- UTL_RAW package installation
- on gateway using SNA (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- variable names
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- datatype conversion (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- variables
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- verifying packages exist
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Web applications
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- within SQL commands
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PL/SQL and SQL and Unicode
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
PL/SQL and SQL examples
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL API
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
PL/SQL architecture
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL block
- anonymous
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- parts of
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL block execution
- effect on SQLCA components
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL block syntax
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL blocks
- embedded in Oracle7 precompiler programs
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded in precompiler programs
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL code
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- searching for
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL code, converting formats
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PL/SQL conversion functions see conversion functions, PL/SQL
-
PL/SQL data type
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL data types, special support
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL demo files for GeoRaster
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL demonstrations
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PL/SQL editing
- disabling for workspace
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
PL/SQL engine
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL examples
- network data model
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL factor functions
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
PL/SQL Finder
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL first connection attributes
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
PL/SQL function result cache
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL functions
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- calling in contains
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- See functions, PL/SQL
-
PL/SQL functions, remote
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL gateway
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL Gateway feature
(Multimedia User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL hierarchical profiler
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL host variables
- using ttIsql
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PL/SQL identifier
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL index-by tables
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- mapping
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- scalar data types
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL interface
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
-
PL/SQL kernel demonstrations
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PL/SQL language
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- advantages of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- character sets of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compared to Java
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- high performance of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- high productivity with
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- lexical units of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limits of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- main features of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- manageability and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- new features of, Preface
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- portability of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- program limits of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- scalability of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- security and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL integration in
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax of elements of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL libraries
- about conversion
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
- converting to TXT file
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
- reviewing
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
-
PL/SQL mappings
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- example
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
PL/SQL Native Compilation
(Upgrade Guide)
-
PL/SQL object
- CREATE OR REPLACE and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL objects
- using ttIsql to list
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PL/SQL package
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- components
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- contents
- package specification (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- package specification (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- DBMS_HS_PARALLEL
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_PIPE
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- definition
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- developer access to
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- enabled
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- execute authority
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- functions
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- grants required
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- pagcics
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameter
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- See TIP
- specifying names
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL packages
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- body
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- DBMS_METADATA
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_ADMIN
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDB_VERSION
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBT
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XDBZ
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XEVENT
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLDOM
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLGEN
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLINDEX
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLPARSER
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLQUERY
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSAVE
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSCHEMA
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- See DBMS_XMLSCHEMA PL/SQL package (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XMLSTORE
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_XSLPROCESSOR
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- reference documentation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for XMLType
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- interface
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- introduction
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
PL/SQL packages for SECUREFILE
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL packages see packages, PL/SQL
-
PL/SQL procedures
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH_DROP_CHANGE_TABLE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANGE_SET
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH.PURGE_CHANGE_TABLE
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_SUBSCRIBE.PURGE_WINDOW
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- EXPLAIN_MVIEW
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- See procedures, PL/SQL
- setting application context
(Security Guide)
- TUNE_MVIEW
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PL/SQL program unit editing
- controlling
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
PL/SQL sample programs
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
PL/SQL Server Pages
- characteristics of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- elements of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- loading
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- script error in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL source files output from SQL*Module
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL step (cube scripts)
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL stored procedure
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- changing trace level
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- starting up communication with mainframe
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- used for logging transactions
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PL/SQL stored procedure specification
- also called "TIP"
- See PL/SQL package
-
PL/SQL stored procedures
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- definition
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- in ODP.NET
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- introduction
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- REF CURSORs
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
PL/SQL subprogram
- calling from Pro*COBOL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL subprograms
- creating
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- debugging
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- breakpoints (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- running
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL subprograms, translating top level
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL supplied packages
- supported
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- unsupported
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
PL/SQL table
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- See associative array
-
PL/SQL text mining
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
PL/SQL types
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- as transformations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- corresponding JDBC types
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- creating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- editing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- limitations
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PL/SQL unit
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- stored
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL statements for (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PL/SQL Web Toolkit
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- requirement
(Application Express Installation Guide)
-
PL/SQL Web Toolkit Photo Album sample application
(Multimedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL wrapper
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
PL/SQL wrapper functions see wrapper functions, PL/SQL
-
placeholder expressions
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
placeholder for bind argument
- in conditional compilation directive
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in dynamic SQL
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- repeated (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in static SQL
- in general (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OPEN FOR statement and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
placeholder Source objects
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
placeholder, duplicate
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- naming
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in dynamic SQL statements
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
placeholders
- duplicate
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- proper order of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- rules
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL statements
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
placeholders in syntax diagrams
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PLACEMENT
- resource attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
plain text
- bypassing filtering
(Text Reference)
- filtering to
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- highlight markup
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- indexing with NULL_FILTER
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- offsets for highlighting
(Text Reference)
-
plain text files
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
plain text files, Glossary
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
plain text filtering
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PLAINTEXT function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PLAINTEXT procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
plan
- SQL execution
(Concepts)
-
plan generation
- altering
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
plan management
- granting system privileges for
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PLAN rows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
plan schemas for Database Resource Manager
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- validating plan changes
(Administrator's Guide)
-
plan stability
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- limitations of
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- preserving execution plans
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- procedures for the cost-based optimizer
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- use of hints
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PLAN system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PLAN table
- columns
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- IXNAME column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- LEVEL column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- OPERATION column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- OTHERPRED column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- PRED column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- STEP column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- TBLNAME column
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
plan, execution
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
PLAN_TABLE
- creating
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PLAN_TABLE sample table
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PLAN_TABLE table
(OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- BYTES column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- CARDINALITY column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- COST column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- displaying
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- DISTRIBUTION column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- ID column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_INSTANCE column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_NAME column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_NODE column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_OWNER column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OBJECT_TYPE column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPERATION column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPTIMIZER column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OPTIONS column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OTHER column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- OTHER_TAG column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARENT_ID column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_ID column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_START column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- PARTITION_STOP column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- POSITION column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- REMARKS column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- SEARCH_COLUMNS column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- STATEMENT_ID column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- TIMESTAMP column
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
planned activities
- probability of failure during
(High Availability Overview)
-
planned downtime
- avoiding downtime during
(Concepts)
-
planning
- business performance, budget, and growth
(High Availability Overview)
- for replication
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- internal networks
- availability (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) size
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
plans
- star transformations
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
plans for Database Resource Manager
- examples
(Administrator's Guide)
-
platform
- Client/Server
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- configuration
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- DataManager
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- IMDB cache
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- JDK requirements
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- requirements
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
platform compatibility
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
platform extensibility
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
platform migrations
- using Oracle Streams
(High Availability Overview)
- using transportable database
(High Availability Overview)
-
PLATFORM parameter, CONVERT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
platform, determining
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
platforms
- duplicating databases across
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- transporting across
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PLS_INTEGER data type
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- for computation-intensive programs
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in general
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- tuning code and
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PLS_INTEGER static expression
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PLS_INTEGER type
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSCOPE_ACTION$ PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PLSCOPE_IDENTIFIER$ PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PLSCOPE_SETTINGS connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSCOPE_SETTINGS initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
plshprof utility
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
PLSQL connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_CCFLAGS compilation parameter
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PLSQL_CCFLAGS connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PLSQL_CODE_TYPE initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PLSQL_CONN_MEM_LIMIT connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_DEBUG initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PLSQL_MEMORY_ADDRESS connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_MEMORY_SIZE attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PLSQL_MEMORY_SIZE connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL compilation parameter
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PLSQL_TIMEOUT connection attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
PLSQL_TRACE_VERSION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PLSQL_V2_COMPATIBILITY initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
PLSQL_WARNINGS compilation parameter
- displaying value of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- setting value of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PLSQL_WARNINGS initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
plsqlfile option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
plsqlmap option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
plsqlpackage option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
plsql-dbms_output
- user-defined report example
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
PLS-00306 error
(Upgrade Guide)
-
pluggable mapping
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
pluggable mapping folders
- creating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
pluggable mapping operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
pluggable mappings
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- creating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- embedded
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- reusable
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- spotlighting operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- ungrouping operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
PLUGGABLE_SET_CHECK view
(Reference)
-
plugins
(OLAP User's Guide)
- registering for record type
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PLUS ARCHIVELOG parameter, VALIDATE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PLUSTRACE
- creating role
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- role
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PM schema
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- general description
(Sample Schemas)
- [subentry #2] (Sample Schemas)
- installing
(Sample Schemas)
- scripts
(Sample Schemas)
-
PM user account
(2 Day + Security Guide)
-
Pmarkers
- with PCT
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
PMON background process
(Concepts)
- application contexts, cleaning up
(Security Guide)
-
PMON process
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
pmscfg.cfg file
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PNAME
- command-line option
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
PNG image format
- support by GeoRaster
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
PNGF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PNMF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PNO clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PObject class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
point
- data
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- illustration and examples of point-only geometry
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- interior on surface of polygon
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- locating on geometric segment
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- LRS
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- on surface of polygon
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- oriented point
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projection of onto geometric segment
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- shape
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
point clouds
- clipping
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- converting to geometry
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- dropping dependencies
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting point IDs
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- initializing
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- modeling solids as
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subprograms
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
point geometries
- adding
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
point of interest (POI)
- GC_POI_<suffix> table
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
point of recoverability
- recovery window
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
POINT_AT_BEARING function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
pointer
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- to cursor variables
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
pointer to
- CTX_ADM package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
pointer variables
- declaring
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- determining size of referenced value
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- referencing
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- referencing struct members with
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
pointers
- use of in PL/I
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
point-in-time recovery
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Oracle Streams
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- performing
- with current control file (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
point-to-point
- support in AQ
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
point-to-point messages
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
POISSON_DIST_FIT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
policies
- applying to schemas
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- applying to tables
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- creating
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- enforcement guidelines
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- enforcement options
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- managing
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- multiple
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- privileges
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- RLS restriction relating to SDO_FILTER
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- terminology
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
policy
(Text Reference)
- create script
(Text Reference)
- duplicate with script
(Text Reference)
- report describing
(Text Reference)
-
policy changes, monitoring
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
policy for ora:contains XPath function (Oracle)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
policy label column
- indexing
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting data when hidden
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving hidden
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- storing label tag
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
policy management
- security
(High Availability Overview)
-
policy table
- managing
(Java Developer's Guide)
- modifying
(Java Developer's Guide)
- setting permissions
(Java Developer's Guide)
- viewing
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
policy, array handling
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
policy_DBA role
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
POLICY_FILTER procedure
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_GIST procedure
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_HIGHLIGHT procedure
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_MARKUP procedure
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_SNIPPET procedure
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_THEMES procedure
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
POLICY_TOKENS procedure
- syntax
(Text Reference)
-
PolicyTable class
- specifying policy
(Java Developer's Guide)
- updating
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
PolicyTableManager class
- delete method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- disable method
(Java Developer's Guide)
- enable method
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
PolicyTablePermission
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
policy-based document services
(Text Reference)
-
policy-managed database
- definition of
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
policy-managed databases
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- and SCANs
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- defined
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- deleting
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
polling
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
polygon
- area of
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- boundary of
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- buffer
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- centroid
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- compound
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- exterior and interior rings
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- interior point on surface
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- point on surface
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-crossing not supported
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-intersecting polygons
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- with hole (LRS measure values)
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
polygon collection
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
polygon data
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
polygon geometries
- adding
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
POLYGONTOLINE function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
polymorphism
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- See also substitutability
-
POOL (POO) attribute
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
pool manager
- See connection pool manager
-
POOL parameter, BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
pool properties
- See connection pool properties
-
pool size, controlling
- initial size
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- maximum
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- minimum
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
pool, connection
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PoolConfig() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PoolDataSource interface
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PoolDataSourceFactory class
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PoolDataSourceImpl
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
pooled connections, client failover
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
pooled tables
(Warehouse Builder Sources and Targets Guide)
-
PooledConnection interface support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
pooling prepared statements
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
PoolXADataSource interface
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PoolXADataSourceImpl
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
pool-enabled data source
- create instance
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
pool-enabled XA data source
- create instance
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
POP command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- popping a whole series at once
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
POPLEVEL command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- nesting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
populate index parameter
(Text Reference)
-
populate parameter
(Text Reference)
-
populate() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
POPULATE_DIVERGENCE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
POPULATE_PENDING
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PopulateFeatureTypeXMLInfo procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
populating
- alias dimensions
(OLAP DML Reference)
- measure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
Popup List of Values
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Popup LOV template
- Application
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Buttons
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- editing
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Icon
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Page Attributes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Pagination
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Result Set
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Search Field
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Subscription
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Window
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PORT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
port
- designated for notification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
port 1024
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 1521
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- if not using
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
port 1575
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 1630
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 1646
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 1830
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 2483
(Net Services Reference)
-
port 2484
(Net Services Reference)
-
PORT assignment
- active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
PORT attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
PORT networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
-
port number
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- daemon
- change (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- finding
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- instance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- Oracle Database Vault
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
-
port numbers
- managing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
port numbers, allowed
(Net Services Reference)
-
PORT_STRING function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
portability
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
portlist.ini file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
ports
- access URLs
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Manager, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Synchronization Services, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configured for applications
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configuring
- FTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTPS (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Connection Manager, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- default ranges
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Enterprise Manager Database Control Agent, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Cluster Registry
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Clusterware
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Clusterware, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Connection Manager, ranges and protocol
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Data Guard, ranges and protocol
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Management Agent
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Management Agent HTTP, changing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Console
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control, changing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Event Manager, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Net
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle SQL*Net Listener
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle SQL*Net Listener, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Ultra Search
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle XML DB
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- changing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ranges and protocol (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle XML DB, changing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle XML DB, ranges and protocol
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- privileged
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- reconfiguring Database Control after changing the listener port
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- specifying Database Control ports
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
Portuguese
- supplied stoplist
(Text Reference)
-
POSITION column
- PLAN_TABLE table
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
position method
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- description
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
POSITION parameter
- using with data containing tabs
(Utilities)
- with multiple SQL*Loader INTO TABLE clauses
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
-
positional descriptor (PD)
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
positional iterators
- accessing
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- declaring
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- instantiating and populating
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- navigation with next()
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- scrollable
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- using
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
positional parameter association
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
positional parameter notation
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
positional parameters
- security risks
(Security Guide)
-
positioned
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
positioned delete
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
positioned deletes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
positioned update
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
positioning in result sets
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
positions
- CompoundCursor
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Cursor
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent starting and ending
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- ValueCursor
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
positive class
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
positive infinity
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
positive rule sets
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
POSITIVE subtype
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
positive zero
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
POSITIVEN subtype
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
POSIX metacharacter in regular expression
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
POSIX regular expression standard
(SQL Language Reference)
-
POSIX standard
- extensions to
- multilingual (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- PERL-influenced (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in regular expression
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
post installation tasks, Real Application Clusters
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
post processing
- distributed databases
- reducing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
POST_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
posting for notification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
postinstallation
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- patch download and install
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- product configuration
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- root.sh back up
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- user accounts setup
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
postinstallation tasks
- client static library, generating
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuration assistants
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Instant Client Light, configuring
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Instant Client, connecting with
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Net Services, configuring
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Precompilers
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Text knowledge base
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- patches, installing and downloading
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- required tasks
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- root.sh script, backing up
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- user accounts, setting up
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
post-installation
- Instant Client-to-database connection
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended tasks
- client static library, generating (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- creating operating system accounts (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- root.sh script, backing up (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- required tasks
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring Oracle Messaging Gateway (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Label Security, configuring (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Net Services, configuring (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Precompilers (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- patches, installing and downloading (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
post-installation procedures
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
post-installation steps for OLTP
- on gateway using SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- on gateway using TCP/IP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
post-installation tasks
- configuring Oracle Application Server 11g
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- configuring Oracle HTTP Server
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- copying images (new installation)
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- copying images (when upgrading)
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- copying images directory
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- installing in other languages
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- installing other languages
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- logging in to Application Express
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- managing JOB_QUEUE_PROCESSES
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- obfuscating passwords
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
-
Post-Mapping Process operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
post-parse persistence of XML data
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
post-processed source text
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
post-processed SQL functions
- overview
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
post-processing
- native semantics
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL tracing in the gateway
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
post-upgrade status tool
(Upgrade Guide)
-
potentially editioned object
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
pound sign (#)
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
POUTFILEUNIT option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
POWER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
power demand cartridge example
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- demo file (extdemo1.sql)
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
POWER function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
power law networks
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
POWERMULTISET function
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
POWERMULTISET_BY_CARDINALITY function
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PPMF image format
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PQ_DISTRIBUTE hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
pragma
- AUTONOMOUS_TRANSACTION
- in compound trigger (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax of (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- EXCEPTION_INIT
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- INLINE
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- RESTRICT_REFERENCES
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SERIALLY_REUSABLE
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
pragma RESTRICT_REFERENCES
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
PRAGMA_EXCEPTION_INIT procedure
- assigning exception names
(Administrator's Guide)
-
pre_geocoded_location element
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
pre_geocoded_locations attribute
- of route request
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PRE_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
PRE_PAGE_SGA initialization parameter
(Reference)
-
pre/post processing operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
Preallocate attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
preamble
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- syntax of
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- to a module
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
prebuilt code templates
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- limitations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
prebuilt materialized views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
prebuilt update conflict handlers
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
precedence
- of an Assignment
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- of conditions
(SQL Language Reference)
- of numbers
(SQL Language Reference)
- of operators
(SQL Language Reference)
-
precedence of operators
(Text Reference)
- altering
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- equivalence operator
(Text Reference)
- example
(Text Reference)
- viewing
(Text Reference)
-
precedence of precompiler options
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
precedence, operator
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
precision
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- extracting
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- in the FIXED DECIMAL PL/I datatype
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- number of digits of
(SQL Language Reference)
- of NUMBER data type
(SQL Language Reference)
- using sqlprc() to extract
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when not specified
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
precision and scale
- using the SQLPRC procedure to extract
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
precision in NUMBER data type
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PRECLOSE function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRECLOSE procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
precommit handlers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
precompilation
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- conditional
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- generated code
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- separate
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
precompilation unit
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
precompiled header files
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C++ restrictions
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CODE option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PARSE option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
precompiler
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- compared to Oracle Call Interface
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XA and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- overview of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Pro*C/C++
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- Pro*COBOL
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
precompiler command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- issuing
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- optional arguments of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- required arguments
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
precompiler configuration files
- files
- precompiler configuration (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
precompiler default values
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
precompiler directives, EXEC SQL DECLARE DATABASE
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
precompiler executables
- relinking
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
Precompiler options
- MODE
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
precompiler options
- abbrevating name
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- abbreviating name
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- alphabetized list
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI Dynamic SQL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ASACC
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ASSUME_SQLCODE
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- AUTO_CONNECT
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- case sensitivity
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR_MAP
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CINCR
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CMAX
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CMIN
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CNOWAIT
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CODE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMON_NAME
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMON_PARSER
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMP_CHARSET
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #8] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #10] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #11] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #12] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONFIG
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #10] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #11] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #12] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configuration files
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPOOL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CPP_SUFFIX
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CTIMEOUT
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- current values
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DATE_FORMAT
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DB2_ARRAY
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DBMS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DECLARE_SECTION
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DEF_SQLCODE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default settings
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- DEFINE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- determining current value
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- displaying
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- displaying syntax, default, purpose
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DURATION
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- DYNAMIC
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- END_OF_FETCH
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- entering
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- entering from a configuration file
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- entering inline
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- entering on the command line
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ERRORS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ERRTYPE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- FIPS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- FORMAT
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Globalization Support_LOCAL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HEADER
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HOLD_CURSOR
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- HOST
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IMPLICIT_SVPT
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- INAME
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- INCLUDE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- inline versus on the command line
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- INTYPE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IRECLEN
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LINES
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- list
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- list of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- LITDELIM
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LNAME
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LRECLEN
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LTYPE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- macro and micro
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- MAX_ROW_INSERT
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MAXLITERAL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MAXOPENCURSORS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- micro and macro
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- MODE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- MULTISUBPROG
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- name of the system configuration file
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- NATIVE_TYPES
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NESTED
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- NLS_CHAR
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NLS_LOCAL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OBJECTS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ONAME
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ORACA
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #14] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #15] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ORECLEN
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OUTLINE
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OUTLNPREFIX
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PAGELEN
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PARSE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- PICX
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- precedence
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PREFETCH
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RELEASE_CURSOR
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- respecifying
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RUNOUTLINE
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scope
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scope of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scope of inline options
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- specifying
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCHECK
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- STMT_CACHE
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- syntax for
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SYS_INCLUDE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- table of how macro options set micro options
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- THREADS
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- TYPE_CODE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- UNSAFE_NULL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USERID
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VARCHAR
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VERSION
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- XREF
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
Precompiler Options, SYS_INCLUDE, INCLUDE
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
precompiler README files
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
precompilers
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- advantages
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- applications
- changing (Upgrade Guide)
- upgrading options (Upgrade Guide)
- control of parsing and private SQL areas
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- embedded SQL
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- executables
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Globalization Support
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- language support
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- overview
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Pro*C/C++
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Pro*COBOL
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- running
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- running demonstrations
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- signals
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- upgrading applications
(Upgrade Guide)
- uppercase to lowercase conversion
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- using PL/SQL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- value of ireclen and oreclen
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- vendor debugger programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
PRECOMPUTE statement
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
precomputed analysis results
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
preconfigured authentication schemes
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Oracle Application Server Single Sign-On
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
preconfigured database
- ASM disk space requirements
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- Automatic Storage Management disk space requirements
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements when using ASM
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements when using Automatic Storage Management
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
preconfigured database installation types
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
PRED column in PLAN table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- limit on length
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
predefined ACLs
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
predefined constant
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
predefined data type
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
predefined exception
- handling
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- in general
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- redefining
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
predefined exceptions
- not supported by TimesTen
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- supported by TimesTen
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
predefined identifier
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
predefined inquiry directive
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
predefined roles
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
predefined symbols
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
predefined transformations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
predefined user accounts
(Administrator's Guide)
-
predefined variable
- _CONNECT_IDENTIFIER
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _DATE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _EDITOR
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _O_RELEASE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _O_VERSION
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _PRIVILEGE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _RC
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _SQLPLUS_RELEASE
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- _USER
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
predetermined size fields
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
-
predetermined size LOBs
(Utilities)
-
predicate operators
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
predicate table
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- querying
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
predicates
- access mediation
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- BETWEEN
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- comparison
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- compatible data types
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- errors
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- evaluating in a sparse predicate group
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- evaluating in a stored predicate group
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- evaluating in an indexed predicate group
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- EXISTS
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- indexable
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- indexed
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- IS NULL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- label tag performance strategy
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- LIKE
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- multiple
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- null values
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- order of evaluation
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- partition pruning
- indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- Quantified
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- sparse
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- spatial
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- stored
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- used with policy
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- XPath
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
predicates, SQL
(Concepts)
- SQL
- predicates (Concepts)
-
PREDICT
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
Predict metadata, exporting
(Database Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
Predict metatada
(Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
-
PREDICTION
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PREDICTION function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREDICTION_BOUNDS
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PREDICTION_BOUNDS function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREDICTION_COST
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PREDICTION_COST function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREDICTION_DETAILS
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PREDICTION_DETAILS function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREDICTION_PROBABILITY
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
PREDICTION_PROBABILITY function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREDICTION_SET
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
PREDICTION_SET function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
predictive analytics
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #14] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #15] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #16] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- accuracy
(Data Mining Concepts)
- Java API
(Data Mining Concepts)
- PL/SQL API
(Data Mining Concepts)
- See also EXPLAIN
- See also PREDICT
- See also PROFILE
- Spreadsheet Add-In
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
predictive confidence
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
predictive models
(Data Mining Concepts)
-
preference classes
- viewing
(Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Text Reference)
-
preference documents
- characteristics
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
preference values
- viewing
(Text Reference)
-
preference, Oracle Text indexing
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
preferences
- about
(Text Reference)
- changing
(Text Reference)
- creating
(Text Reference)
- creating (examples)
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating a workspace message
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- creating with admin tool
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- customizing SQL Developer
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- displaying welcome pages for wizards
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- dropping
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- locale
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- login controls
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- message log preferences
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- naming preferences
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- PL/SQL editing
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- purging for a specific user
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- replacing
(Text Reference)
- specifying for indexing
(Text Reference)
- system-defined
(Text Reference)
- viewing
(Text Reference)
- vs. types
(Text Reference)
- workspace
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
PREFERRED instances
- for services
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
preferred read disks
- Oracle ASM in an Oracle RAC extended distance cluster
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
preferred read failure groups
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- administering
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- setting up
(Upgrade Guide)
-
preferred term operator
- example
(Text Reference)
-
PreferredApplyInstance property
(Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
prefetch count
- set
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
prefetch limit
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
prefetch multiple rows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
prefetch multiple update records
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PREFETCH precompiler option
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
prefetching
- and performance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- during OCIStmtExecute()
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fetching multiple rows
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- LOBs
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting prefetch memory size
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting row count
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- xlaPrefetch parameter
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
prefetching data
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
prefetching rows
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- suggested default
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
prefix option (AuditorInstaller)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
prefix_index attribute
(Text Reference)
-
prefix_max_length attribute
(Text Reference)
-
prefix_min_length attribute
(Text Reference)
-
prefixed indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
prefixes
- for attribute column in materialized view
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- to pass options to customizer
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- to pass options to Java compiler
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- to pass options to Java VM
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PREFORMAT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PREFORMAT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
preinstallation
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- environment variables
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- DISPLAY (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TMP (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- instructions
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- preparing
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
preinstallation requirements
- operating system
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
PREOPEN function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PREOPEN procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PREP_AUTO
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
preparation of SQL
- deferred prepare
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- preparing the statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
-
prepare a distributed transaction branch
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PREPARE command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
-
prepare job prompts
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
Prepare method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
- example
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
-
prepare multiple branches in a single message
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
prepare phase
- abort response
(Administrator's Guide)
- in two-phase commit
(Administrator's Guide)
- prepared response
(Administrator's Guide)
- read-only response
(Administrator's Guide)
- recognizing read-only nodes
(Administrator's Guide)
- steps
(Administrator's Guide)
-
PREPARE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
prepare SCN
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
PREPARE SQL statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
PREPARE statement
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- effect on data definition statements
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in dynamic SQL method 4
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in dynamic SQL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
PREPARE TO SWITCHOVER clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PREPARE TRANSACTION statement
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
prepare ttIsql command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES_NVARCHAR2 procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PREPARE_COLUMN_VALUES_ROWID procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PREPARE_FOR_EXPORT procedure
(Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
PREPARE_FOR_TTS procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PREPARE_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTER procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PREPARE_INSTANTIATED_MASTERS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PREPARE_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
PREPARE_SYNC_INSTANTIATION function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
PREPARE_TABLE_INSTANTIATION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
prepare/commit phases
- effects of failure
(Administrator's Guide)
- failures during
(Administrator's Guide)
- locked resources
(Administrator's Guide)
- pending transaction table
(Administrator's Guide)
-
PrepareBatch method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
-
prepareCall()
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
prepareCall() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
prepared response
- two-phase commit
(Administrator's Guide)
-
prepared statement
- pooling
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- sharing
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
PREPARED status
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
PreparedStatement interface support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
PreparedStatement object
- creating
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PreparedStatement objects
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
PREPARER process
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- staging LCRs in SGA
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
prepareStatement()
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
prepareStatement() method
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
- code example
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
preparing disks
- for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
preparing installation
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
preparing SQL statements
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Java Developer's Guide)
-
preparing statements
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
preparing to upgrade
- collecting optimizer statistics
(Upgrade Guide)
-
preprocessing data for external tables
(Utilities)
-
preprocessor
- example
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EXEC ORACLE directives
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- not supported in SQL blocks
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
preprocessor control token
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
preprocessor directives
- directives not supported by Pro*C
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
preprocessor, support of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
prerequisite checks
- automatic checks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- command line parameters
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- installing products
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- silent mode checks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- standalone checks
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
prerequisites
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Installation Guide)
- accessing development environment
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- for creating a database
(Administrator's Guide)
- installation
(Data Guard Broker)
- SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- switchover
(Data Guard Broker)
-
prerequisites for Oracle Database
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
presentation layer
- FTP
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- HTTP
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- JavaTTC
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Two-Task Common (TTC)
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- WebDAV
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
PRESENTNNV function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PRESENTV function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PRESERVE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG option
- TRUNCATE TABLE statement
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PRESERVE parameter
(Utilities)
-
preserve parameter
- Database Character Set Scanner
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
PreserveMessageID
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
preserving
- whitespace
(Utilities)
-
PRESPAWN_DESC networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
PRESPAWN_MAX networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
-
pretty-printing
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in book examples, Preface
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- not done by SQL/XML functions
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Web service output
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
pretty-printing of XML output
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PREVIEW option, RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PREVIEW parameter, RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
preview SQL
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
previewing
- applications
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- pages
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
previewing backups
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PREVIOUS function
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
previous releases, migrating from
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
previousNode()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
previousSibling()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
pre-installation steps
- for SNA
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
pre-installation tasks
- backing up Oracle database
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- shutting down database
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
- stopping processes
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- when downloading from OTN
(Application Express Installation Guide)
-
Pre-Mapping Process operator
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
PRGERR keyword (SIGNAL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PRGTRACE option
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PRIMARY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
primary
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- in expressions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
primary and secondary instances
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
primary binding
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
PRIMARY CONTROLFILE parameter, RESTORE command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
primary database
- ARCHIVELOG mode
(Data Guard Broker)
- backups and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- configuring
- on Oracle Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- single-instance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- connecting to
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- constructing a standby database
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- converting to physical standby database
(SQL Language Reference)
- Data Guard configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- datafiles
- adding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- during failover
(Data Guard Broker)
- during switchover
(Data Guard Broker)
- failover and
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Flashback Database
(Data Guard Broker)
- gap resolution
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- health check
(Data Guard Broker)
- initialization parameters
- and physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring events on
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- network connections
- avoiding network hangs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- handling network timeouts (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- offload backups from
(High Availability Overview)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters and
- setting up (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for
- physical standby database creation (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for switchover
(Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisite conditions for
- logical standby database creation (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo transport services on
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reducing workload on
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reinstating after a fast-start failover
(Data Guard Broker)
- shutting down when fast-start failover is enabled
(Data Guard Broker)
- standby redo log files on
(Data Guard Broker)
- state transitions
(Data Guard Broker)
- switching over to the standby role
(Data Guard Broker)
- switchover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tablespaces
- adding (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
primary databases
- ARCHIVELOG mode
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- backing up
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- copying
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- software requirements
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
primary filter
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
primary key
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- column
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
PRIMARY KEY clause
- of constraints
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
primary key columns
- logged with supplemental logging
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
PRIMARY KEY constraint
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- dropping
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Flashback Transaction and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- naming
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
Primary Key constraint
- adding
- with Add Primary Key tool (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- with ALTER TABLE statement (2 Day Developer's Guide)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
PRIMARY KEY constraints
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- associated indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping associated indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- effect on direct path load
(Utilities)
- enabling on creation
(Administrator's Guide)
- foreign key references when dropped
(Administrator's Guide)
- indexes associated with
(Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- replicated tables
(Advanced Replication)
-
primary key constraints
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- enabling
(SQL Language Reference)
- index on
(SQL Language Reference)
-
primary key dependency
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
primary key OIDs
- example
(Utilities)
-
PRIMARY KEY option
- in CREATE TABLE statement
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
primary key REF columns
(Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
-
primary keys
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- constraints
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- generating values for
(SQL Language Reference)
- hash clusters
(Concepts)
- index-organized tables
(Concepts)
- nullability
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- See Also unique indexes
-
primary level sort
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
primary navigation
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
primary role
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
primary sites
- ownership
(Advanced Replication)
-
primary Source objects
- definition
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- result of getSource method
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
primary-key-based REFs
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
primitive event
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- as an XML document
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- defined as XML document
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
primitive events using relational tables
- storing in relational tables
(Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
primitive types
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
primitive XML Schema data types
- mapping to SQL
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
primitives
- See topological elements
-
principal
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
principal, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PrincipalSecurityClass security class
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
principle of least privilege
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- granting user privileges
(Security Guide)
- middle-tier privileges
(Security Guide)
-
print buffer
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
PRINT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PRINT command
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PRINT function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Print Mode Page Template attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
print option (customizer harness)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PRINT procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRINT SCRIPT command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PRINT_BACKTRACE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRINT_CGI_ENV procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRINT_INSTANTIATIONS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
print_media creation
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
print_media table definition
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
PRINT_MULTI procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRINT_POST_PROCESSED_SOURCE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRINT_ROW_LIST procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
printColumn method
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TTClasses Guide)
-
PRINTER environment variable
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
Printer Friendly mode
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Printer Friendly template
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
printing
- bind variables automatically
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REFCURSOR variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- reports
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- SPOOL command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
printjoins attribute
(Text Reference)
-
printjoins character
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PRINTLOG procedure (PL/SQL)
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PRINTS procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRIOR clause
- of hierarchical queries
(SQL Language Reference)
-
prior installations
- removing
(Application Express Installation Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express Installation Guide)
-
PRIOR method
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PRIOR operator
(SQL Language Reference)
-
prior periods
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
prior probabilities
(Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
priorities
- job
(Administrator's Guide)
-
prioritizing
- high availability investment
(High Availability Overview)
-
priority
- during propagation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying during enqueuing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
Priority (JMS)
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting for all messages from a MessageProducer
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
priority groups
- adding members to
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- altering members
- priorities (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- values (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing members from
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- site priority groups
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
priority groups conflict resolution method
(Advanced Replication)
-
private (local) XML schema, definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
private access privileges
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
private catalog schema, assigning privileges
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
PRIVATE clause
- of CREATE OUTLINE
(SQL Language Reference)
-
private database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
private dictionary documents
- characteristics
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
private Experts
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
private interconnect
- and Oracle Clusterware
(2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- determining usage
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
private IP address
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
private network
- alternative interconnect
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
private network address
- changing
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
private network addresses
- changing the network interface for
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
private outlines
- use by the optimizer
(SQL Language Reference)
-
private repository
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
private SQL area
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- association with cursors
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- opening
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- opening of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- purpose of
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
private SQL areas
(Concepts)
- described
(Concepts)
- how managed
(Concepts)
- parsing and
(Concepts)
-
private synonyms
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
Private Use Area
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
PRIVATE_SGA parameter
- of ALTER PROFILE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PRIVATE_SGA variable
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
PrivateCommands attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
privilege
- create an active standby pair
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- DAV::all
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- object
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- required
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- system
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- to create a replication scheme
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
privilege checking and AUTHID property
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
privilege hierarchy
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
privilege management
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
privileged groups
- for Oracle Database
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
privileged ports
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
privileged user
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
privileges
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- about
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- access control lists, checking for external network services
(Security Guide)
- ACCESS_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ACCESS_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- acquired by role on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- adding redo log groups
(Administrator's Guide)
- ADMIN
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- administrative
(2 Day DBA)
- administrator
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ALL keyword
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ALL keyword system privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ALTER ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ALTER ANY TYPE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- altering
- passwords (Security Guide)
- users (Security Guide)
- altering index
(Administrator's Guide)
- altering role authentication method
(Security Guide)
- altering tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- and synonyms
(2 Day DBA)
- ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- ANY privileges
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- applications, managing
(Security Guide)
- AQ system privilege
- granting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- assigning
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- audited when default auditing is enabled
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- auditing
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- auditing use of
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- auditing, recommended settings for
(Security Guide)
- authenticating SYSDBA and SYSOPER users
(2 Day DBA)
- authorizing
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- BIND
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- BINDADD
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- BINDAGENT
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- cache group
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CACHE_MANAGER
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- cascading revokes
(Security Guide)
- CATALOG
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- checked when pinning object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- closing a database link
(Administrator's Guide)
- column
(Security Guide)
- column level for object tables
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- COMPACCESS
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- connection
(2 Day DBA)
- COPY
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- CREATE ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- CREATE IN
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- CREATE SESSION
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CREATE system
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- CREATE TYPE
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATETAB
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- creating database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating tablespaces
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating users
(Security Guide)
- data dictionary emulation
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- database
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- database administrator
(Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_AQIN
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- default
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- definition
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- DELETE
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- DELETE ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- DELETE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- description
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- DROP ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- DROP ANY TYPE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- drop table
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping indexes
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping online redo log members
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping profiles
(Security Guide)
- dropping redo log groups
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling and disabling triggers
(Administrator's Guide)
- EXECUTE
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- DB2 UDB for Linux, Unix, and Windows (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DB2 UDB for z/OS (Database Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- EXECUTE ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- EXECUTE ANY TYPE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE ANY TYPE on object types with ADMIN OPTION
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- EXEMPT ACCESS POLICY
- effect on direct path export (Utilities)
- existing users and roles, Database Vault affect on
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- first connection attributes
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- for creating indexes
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for creating package
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for creating subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for debugging subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for defining constraint
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for dropping package
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for dropping packages
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for dropping subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for external tables
(Administrator's Guide)
- for installation of Oracle Database software
(2 Day DBA)
- for Oracle Flashback Technology
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for procedures, functions, packages
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- for running subprogram
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- forcing a log switch
(Administrator's Guide)
- FREEZE_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FREEZE_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- FULL
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- getting
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- grant option
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- grant system
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granted to PUBLIC user group
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- granting
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #4] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #5] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #6] (Concepts)
- [subentry #7] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- about (Security Guide)
- about (Security Guide)
- examples (Security Guide)
- examples (Security Guide)
- multiparent graph workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- object privileges (Security Guide)
- object privileges (Security Guide)
- OLS-related (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- system (Security Guide)
- system privileges (Security Guide)
- granting and revoking
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- granting rights
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granting system privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granting to a Database Control administrative user
(2 Day DBA)
- grants, listing
(Security Guide)
- grouping with roles
(Security Guide)
- hierarchy rules
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- in data warehouse security
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- INDEX
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- INSERT ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- INSERT on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- least privilege principle
- violations to (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- levels
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- managing
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- managing with procedures
(Administrator's Guide)
- managing with synonyms
(Administrator's Guide)
- managing with views
(Administrator's Guide)
- manually archiving
(Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- MERGE_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- MERGE_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- middle tier
(Security Guide)
- monitoring
- GRANT statement (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- REVOKE statement (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- needed to create TIPs
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- needed to use TIPs
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- object
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #5] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #6] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- cache group (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- functions (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granting (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granting (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- materialized views (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- packages (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- procedures (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- revoking (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- sequences (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- tables (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- object types in types or tables
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with CREATE TYPE
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with DELETE
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with INSERT
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types with UPDATE
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- on selected columns
(Security Guide)
- on subtypes of object types
(SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle Database Vault restricting
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Label Security
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams administrator
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle users
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
- overview
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- parameters
- admin_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grant_option (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- grantee (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parent-child table rules
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- performance
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- PL/SQL procedures and
(Concepts)
- procedures
(Security Guide)
- creating and altering (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- in packages (Security Guide)
- PROFILE_ACCESS
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- program units
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- queue privilege
- granting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- READ
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- reasons to grant
(Security Guide)
- recommended
(2 Day DBA)
- REFERENCES
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- REGISTER
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- remote login
(Reference)
- REMOVE_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- renaming objects
(Administrator's Guide)
- renaming redo log members
(Administrator's Guide)
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- reports
- Accounts With DBA Roles Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ALTER SYSTEM or ALTER SESSION Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ANY System Privileges for Database Accounts Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- AUDIT Privileges Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Accounts With Catalog Roles Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct and Indirect System Privileges By Database Account Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Direct System Privileges By Database Account Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Hierarchical System Privileges By Database Account Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- listed (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- OS Directory Objects Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH ADMIN Privilege Grants Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- WITH GRANT Privileges Report (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- required for database administration
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- required for Export and Import
(Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- required for indexing
(Text Reference)
- required for migration
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- required for propagation
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- required for SQL*Loader
(Utilities)
- required to create procedures
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- RESTRICTED SESSION system privilege
(Administrator's Guide)
- RESTRICTED_SESSION privilege
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- revoke system
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- revoked, object dependency and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- revoking
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- multiparent graph workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- revoking a system
(2 Day DBA)
- revoking ALL
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- revoking from a grantee
(SQL Language Reference)
- revoking privileges
- about (Security Guide)
- object (Security Guide)
- object privileges, cascading effect (Security Guide)
- object privileges, requirements for (Security Guide)
- schema object (Security Guide)
- revoking system privileges
(Security Guide)
- role
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- roles
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_ROLE_VARCHAR function (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- dropping (Security Guide)
- restrictions on (Security Guide)
- roles, why better to grant
(Security Guide)
- ROLLBACK_ANY_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ROLLBACK_WORKSPACE
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- row label
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- rules
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Scheduler
(Administrator's Guide)
- schema object
(Security Guide)
- DML and DDL operations (Security Guide)
- packages (Security Guide)
- procedures (Security Guide)
- schema object management
(2 Day DBA)
- security
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- See also access control list (ACL) and system privileges.
- See also system privileges or object privileges
- SELECT
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- SELECT ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- SELECT on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SELECT_ANY_DICTIONARY
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sequences
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting chain (Scheduler)
(Administrator's Guide)
- specifying
(OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SQL Access Advisor
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL statements permitted
(Security Guide)
- synonyms
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS user, checking privileges
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- SYSASM
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- SYSASM, Preface
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SYSOPER
(2 Day DBA)
- system
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- ANY (2 Day + Security Guide)
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE function (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- overview (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY (Security Guide)
- SYSTEM and OBJECT
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- system on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- system privileges
- about (Security Guide)
- table-level select privileges
(Reference)
- taking tablespaces offline
(Administrator's Guide)
- Topic privileges
- granting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- trigger privileges
(Security Guide)
- truncating
(Administrator's Guide)
- trusted stored program units
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- UNDER ANY TYPE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UNDER ANY VIEW on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- UPDATE ANY
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- UPDATE on object types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- used for Oracle Virtual Private Database policy functions
(Security Guide)
- users
(2 Day DBA)
- using roles to manage (2 Day DBA)
- using a view
(Administrator's Guide)
- using proxies to audit
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- using sequences
(Administrator's Guide)
- view privileges
- creating a view (Security Guide)
- using a view (Security Guide)
- view user grants
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- viewing users having Workspace Manager system-level privileges
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- views
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- DBA_DV_PUB_PRIVS (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_DV_USER_PRIVS_ALL (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- when running SQL*Module application
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- WRITEACROSS
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- WRITEDOWN
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- WRITEUP
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- XLA
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
Privileges Distribution By Grantee Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Privileges Distribution By Grantee, Owner, Privilege Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
privileges for data mining
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
privileges for exporting and importing
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
privileges for running sample programs
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
privileges required
- to publish change data
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
privileges using external password
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
privileges, private access
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
privileges, public access
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
privileges--also see access control
-
privileges--see access control
-
PRIVS function
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PRN function
- of HTF package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PRN procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
Pro*C
- embedded SQL with user-defined data types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object cache
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
Pro*C/C++
- associative access
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- configuration files
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- configuring
(Database Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- converting between Oracle and C types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- data conversion
(Globalization Support Guide)
- demonstration programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- integrating into Microsoft Visual Studio
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- library file
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- linking
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- make files
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- navigational access
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- NVARCHAR datatype
(Globalization Support Guide)
- See also C compiler
- signals
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- user programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- user-defined data types
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- UVARCHAR datatype
(Globalization Support Guide)
- VARCHAR datatype
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
Pro*C/C++ Precompiler
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- architecture in TimesTen
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- building an application
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- commands and clauses, unsupported or restricted (summary)
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- common uses for
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to a TimesTen data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- connection restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- demo applications
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- easy connect, using
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- embedded PL/SQL restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- embedded SQL restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- error reporting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- getting started
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- Globalization Support
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new database types
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new features
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- object support in
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- option setting
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- option support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- Oracle password, specifying for cache
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- overview
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- runtime context
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- semantic checking restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- TimesTen support
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- tnsnames, using
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- transaction restrictions
(TimesTen In-Memory Database C Developer's Guide)
- use of PL/SQL with
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using OTT with
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
Pro*C/C++ precompiler
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- available LOB functions
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB buffering
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- locators
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- modifying internal LOB values
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- native floating-point data type support in
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- opening and closing internal LOBs and external LOBs (BFILEs)
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- overview of
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- providing an allocated input locator pointer
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading or examining internal and external LOB values
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for BFILEs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for temporary LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
Pro*COBOL
- demonstration programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- environment variables
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- FORMAT precompiler
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- how it works
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming differences
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Oracle Runtime system
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- user programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
Pro*COBOL precompiler
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- available LOB functions
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB buffering
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- locators
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- modifying internal LOB values
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- providing an allocated input locator
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading or examining internal and external LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statements for BFILEs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- temporary LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
Pro*FORTRAN demonstration programs
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
proactive monitoring
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
probability
- of different failures during unplanned and planned activities
(High Availability Overview)
-
probability threshold
(Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
PROBE_VERSION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
problem
- fault diagnosability infrastructure
(Utilities)
-
problem activity log
- adding comments to
(Administrator's Guide)
-
problem activity logs
- adding comments to
(2 Day DBA)
-
problem analysis
- of data conversion and truncation errors
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with PG DD diagnostic references
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with PG DD select scripts
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- with TIP runtime traces
(Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
problem key
- fault diagnosability infrastructure
(Utilities)
-
problems
- about
(2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- adding comments to activity log
(Administrator's Guide)
- adding comments to activity logs
(2 Day DBA)
- checking connection status
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- client/server
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- finding tables
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- hanging application
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- problem key
(2 Day DBA)
- transaction log files accumulating
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
- viewing
(2 Day DBA)
- viewing detail
(2 Day DBA)
-
problems (critical errors)
- packaging and uploading
(Administrator's Guide)
-
problems in current release
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
problems, diagnosing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
procedural database extension
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
procedural elements
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
Procedural Gateway Administration
- See PGA
- see PGA
-
Procedural Gateway Administration Utility
- see PGAU
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
Procedural Language/SQL (PL/SQL) language
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
procedural replication
(Advanced Replication)
- conflicts and
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- detecting conflicts
(Advanced Replication)
- generating replication support for
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions
(Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- serialization of transactions
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- user-defined types
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- using
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- wrapper
(Advanced Replication)
-
procedure
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- browsing
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- compiling
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- COPY_POLICY
(Text Reference)
- creating
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- CTX_DDL.ADD_INDEX
(Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL.REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT_LOG_TRACES
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.ADD_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.END_QUERY_LOG
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.GET_TRACE_VALUE
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.REMOVE_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.RESET_TRACE
(Text Reference)
- declaration syntax of
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- downloading
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- dropping
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- editing
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- editing manually
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- finding
(Application Express SQL Workshop and Utilities Guide)
- invoking
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- MQCLOSE
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQGET
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQOPEN
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- MQPUT
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM.MQOPEN
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PGM8.MQOPEN
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Server Pages and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- See also subprogram
- stored
- using DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- structure of
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- what it is
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
procedure attribute
(Text Reference)
-
procedure calls, stored
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
procedure definitions
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
procedure DML handlers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SQL generation
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
Procedure Finder
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
procedure name
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
PROCEDURE statement
-
PROCEDURE$ PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PROCEDURE_FILTER
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PROCEDURE_FILTER object
(Text Reference)
-
PROCEDUREINFO$ PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PROCEDUREPLSQL$ PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
procedures
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- 3GL, calling
(SQL Language Reference)
- access control
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- advantages
(Concepts)
- as transformations
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- basic usage and example
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- calling
(SQL Language Reference)
- case of generated output code files
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command rules
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- compiling
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- compiling for debug
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- createDicomImage( ) for BFILEs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDicomImage( ) for BLOBs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDicomImage( ) for ORDImage
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- creating
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- declare section in
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- definer's rights
- about (Security Guide)
- roles disabled (Security Guide)
- defining
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- deleteDocument( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- editDataModel( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- editing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- examples of
(Security Guide)
- examples of privilege use
(Security Guide)
- executing
(SQL Language Reference)
- execution
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- export( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exportDataModel( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exportDocument( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- external
(Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- factors
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- granting system privileges for
(SQL Language Reference)
- importFrom( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- in a module
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- insertDocument( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- invalidating local objects dependent on
(SQL Language Reference)
- invoker's rights
- about (Security Guide)
- roles used (Security Guide)
- issuing COMMIT or ROLLBACK statements
(SQL Language Reference)
- location transparency in distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BFILEs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for BLOBs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- makeAnonymous( ) for ORDImage
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- memory allocation
(Concepts)
- name resolution in distributed databases
(Administrator's Guide)
- naming rules
(SQL Language Reference)
- object privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- PL/SQL
- closeContext (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- copyEvolve (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- disable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- enable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- enable_hierarchy (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- freeDocument (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- gatherRepositoryStats (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- inPlaceEvolve (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- modifyParameter (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- processXSL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- purgeLDAPCache (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- registerParameter (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- registerSchema (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setKeyColumn (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setUpdateColumn (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- privileges for procedures
- create or alter (Security Guide)
- executing (Security Guide)
- executing in packages (Security Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BFILEs with SOP instance UID
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for BLOBs with SOP instance UID
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- processCopy( ) for ORDImage with SOP instance UID
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- publishDataModel( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- realms
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- recompiling
(SQL Language Reference)
- remote calls
(Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- replicating
(Advanced Replication)
- re-creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- rollbackDataModel( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- searching for
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- security
(Concepts)
- security enhanced by
(Security Guide)
- setDataModel( )
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- shared pool
(Reference)
- shared SQL areas and
(Concepts)
- standalone
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- stored
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- supported ways to execute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- synonyms for
(SQL Language Reference)
- top-level
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- ttIsql command
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BFILEs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for BLOBs
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writeMetadata( ) for ORDImage
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
procedures, overloaded
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
process
- Cache Management
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Data Manipulation
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Form Pagination
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- handle attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing background PL/SQL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- On Demand
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- Report Pagination
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- stopping existing
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- stopping existing listener process
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- stopping listener process
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Web Services
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Process Flow Editor
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
process flows
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- about
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- activities in
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- adding transformations to
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- complex conditions in
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- creating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- debugging
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- defining
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- deploying
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- designing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- halting
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- handling flat files with variable names
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- modules
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- packages
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- scripting in
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- starting
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- subprocesses
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- transferring remote files with FTP
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- transitions
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using Enterprise Java Beans
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using Java classes
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using OMB*Plus
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- using web services
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
process monitor (PMON)
(Administrator's Guide)
-
process monitor process (PMON)
- cleans up timed-out sessions
(Security Guide)
- described
(Concepts)
- parallel DML process recovery
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
process runs
- comparing
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- debugging
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- identifying recent
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- monitoring
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- rerunning
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- terminating
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
process( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- channelOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- contentFormat operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- contrast operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- cut operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- fileFormat operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- fixedScale operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- flip operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- gamma operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- inputChannels operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- maxScale operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- mirror operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- nometadata operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- operators
(Multimedia Reference)
- page operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- pixelOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- quantize operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- rotate operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- scale operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- scanlineOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- sharpen operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- tiled operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- transparencyFillColor operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- xScale operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- yScale operator
(Multimedia Reference)
-
process()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #3] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
PROCESS_CAPTURE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROCESS_RECORDING Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROCESS_RULES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
processAudioCommand( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processCommand( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processCopy( ) for BFILEs procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) for BFILEs with SOP instance UID procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) for BLOBs procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) for BLOBs with SOP instance UID procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) for ORDImage procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) for ORDImage with SOP instance UID procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) method
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- channelOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- contentFormat operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- contrast operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- cut operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- fileFormat operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- fixedScale
(Multimedia Reference)
- flip
(Multimedia Reference)
- gamma
(Multimedia Reference)
- inputChannels operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- maxScale
(Multimedia Reference)
- mirror
(Multimedia Reference)
- nometadata
(Multimedia Reference)
- operators
(Multimedia Reference)
- order of operations for DICOM images
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- page
(Multimedia Reference)
- pixelOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- quantize
(Multimedia Reference)
- rotate
(Multimedia Reference)
- scale
(Multimedia Reference)
- scanlineOrder operator
(Multimedia Reference)
- sharpen
(Multimedia Reference)
- tiled
(Multimedia Reference)
- transparencyFillColor
(Multimedia Reference)
- xScale
(Multimedia Reference)
- yScale
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processCopy( ) method for BFILEs
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processCopy( ) method for BLOBs
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processCopy( ) to BLOBs method
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) to ORDDicom method
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processCopy( ) to ORDImage method
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
processes
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- and memory contention in parallel processing
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- archiver (ARCn)
(Concepts)
- background
(Concepts)
- checkpoints and
(Concepts)
- CJQ0
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- client
(Concepts)
- database
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- DBSNMP
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- debugging
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- dedicated server
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- derived parameter values
(Reference)
- dispatcher process maximum number
(Reference)
- distributed transaction resolution
(Concepts)
- DMON
(Data Guard Broker)
- identifying recent
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- job queue
(Concepts)
- listener
(Concepts)
- shared servers and (Concepts)
- log writer (LGWR)
(Concepts)
- managed by Oracle Clusterware
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- maximum shared server processes
(Reference)
- multiple-process Oracle
(Concepts)
- number of server processes
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- Oracle
(Concepts)
- Oracle database
(Data Guard Broker)
- parallel
(Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel execution coordinator
(Concepts)
- parallel execution servers
(Concepts)
- preventing switchover
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- process monitor (PMON)
(Concepts)
- QMN0
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- recoverer (RECO)
(Concepts)
- recovery
(Reference)
- running
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- scheduling
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- See also server processes
- server
(Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- shared server
(Concepts)
- client requests and (Concepts)
- SQL Apply architecture
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- structure
(Concepts)
- system monitor (SMON)
(Concepts)
- trace files
(Reference)
- user
- recovery from failure of (Concepts)
- sharing server processes (Concepts)
- user processes
(Reference)
-
PROCESSES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting before database creation
(Administrator's Guide)
-
PROCESSES parameter
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
processing
- parallel SQL
(Concepts)
-
processing inbound connections
- Linux
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
processing operators
(Multimedia Reference)
- See also operators
-
processing time for backup
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
processing time, with GROUPBY, HAVING, WHERE
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
processingInstruction()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
ProcessingInstructionRef Interface
- Dom package
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getData()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- getTarget()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- ProcessingInstructionRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- setData()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- ~ProcessingInstructionRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
ProcessingInstructionRef()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
PROCESSLINKS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
processor
- checking system architecture
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
Processor Interface
- getProcessorId()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- process()
(XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package
(XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer package
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
processor OLTP
- configuring, for commit-confirm
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
processor requirements
(Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
-
processSourceCommand( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processVideoCommand( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
processWithBinXPath()
(XML C++ API Reference)
-
PROCESSXSL function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
processXSL PL/SQL procedure
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
Producer class
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- methods
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
producers
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
product code
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
Product User Profile table
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PRODUCT_COMPONENT_VERSION view
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- SQL commands, disabling with
(Security Guide)
-
production database
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
production database, Preface
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
production environment
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
production environments
- guidelines for securing
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
productivity
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
products and options
- install only as necessary
(Security Guide)
-
product-specific package
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PROFILE
(Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
profile
- displaying
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
PROFILE clause
- of ALTER USER. See CREATE USER
- of CREATE USER
(SQL Language Reference)
-
profile customization (see customization)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
profile file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
-
profile option (sqlj -profile)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PROFILE_ACCESS privilege
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PROFILE_CHANGE_EVENT_TEMPLATE
- resource attribute
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
profile.local file
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
profiler
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
profiler (PL/SQL hierarchical)
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
Profiler API
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
profiles
(2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- adding resource limits
(SQL Language Reference)
- assigning to a user
(SQL Language Reference)
- auditors for debugging
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- binary portability
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- changing resource limits
(SQL Language Reference)
- code layers
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- creating
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- creation during code generation
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- deassigning from users
(SQL Language Reference)
- debug option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- dropping
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- dropping resource limits
(SQL Language Reference)
- finding information about
(Security Guide)
- functionality at runtime
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- generated profiles
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- granting system privileges for
(SQL Language Reference)
- managing
(Security Guide)
- modifying, examples
(SQL Language Reference)
- more about profiles
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- password management
(Security Guide)
- print option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- privileges for dropping
(Security Guide)
- removing from the database
(SQL Language Reference)
- resource limits
(Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- sample profile entry
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- see SNA server profiles
- specifying for user
(Security Guide)
- use of jar files
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- verify option
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- viewing
(Security Guide)
-
profiles (sqlnet.ora)
- configuring
- advanced options (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default configuration
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods, specifying
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- routing connection requests
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
profiles, role
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
-
profile-keys
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
profile-keys class
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
profiling a PL/SQL function or procedure
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
profiling and tracing programs
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
program
- file transfer
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
PROGRAM command
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
program flow control
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
-
Program Global Area (PGA)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- components
(2 Day DBA)
- definition
(2 Day DBA)
- description
(2 Day DBA)
- target setting
(2 Day DBA)
-
program global area (PGA)
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- automatic management
(High Availability Overview)
- direct path read
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- direct path write
(Performance Tuning Guide)
- shared server
(Concepts)
- shared servers
(Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
program global areas
(Administrator's Guide)
-
program interface
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- Oracle side (OPI)
(Concepts)
- structure of
(Concepts)
- user side (UPI)
(Concepts)
-
program limits
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
Program Name field in Oracle Net Manager
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
PROGRAM networking parameter
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
program structure
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
program structure of a SQL*Module application
(SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
program termination
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- normal versus abnormal
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
program units
(Concepts)
- shared pool and
(Concepts)
-
PROGRAM_ERROR exception
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PROGRAM_INFO Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
programmatic environments
- available functions
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- compared
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- for Oracle objects
(Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
programmatic environments for LOBs
(SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
programmatic interfaces
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ANYDATA queues
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQ XML servlet
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- comparison
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCCI
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCI
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OCI security
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- OO4O
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- PL/SQL
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
Programmer's Analysis Kit
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
programming environment
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
programming features
- conditional control
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- continue
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
- iterative control
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
programming guidelines
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
programming language support
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
programming languages
(Performance Tuning Guide)
-
programming techniques
- collections
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- database links
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- implementing Web services
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
- running background PL/SQL
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
programming, server-side
(Concepts)
-
programs
- adding program contents to a definition
(OLAP DML Reference)
- altering
(Administrator's Guide)
- branching
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- branching in
(OLAP DML Reference)
- branching labels
(OLAP DML Reference)
- calling
(OLAP DML Reference)
- case statement
(OLAP DML Reference)
- comment lines in
(OLAP DML Reference)
- compiling
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional execution of commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- creating
(Administrator's Guide)
- creating and managing, to define Scheduler jobs
(Administrator's Guide)
- debugging
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- declaring arguments in
(OLAP DML Reference)
- defining
(OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- determining how invoked
(OLAP DML Reference)
- disabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(Administrator's Guide)
- enabling
(Administrator's Guide)
- error handling
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- errors in
(OLAP DML Reference)
- executing
(OLAP DML Reference)
- halting execution with an error
(OLAP DML Reference)
- hiding
(OLAP DML Reference)
- local variable
(OLAP DML Reference)
- overview
(Administrator's Guide)
- passing arguments to
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- performance cost
(OLAP DML Reference)
- permission
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #8] (OLAP DML Reference)
- preserving environment
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- preserving status
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- repeating commands
(OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring previous values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring status
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- returning a value
(OLAP DML Reference)
- saving compiled code
(OLAP DML Reference)
- saving current values
(OLAP DML Reference)
- saving status
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- startup
(OLAP DML Reference)
- suspending execution
(OLAP DML Reference)
- terminating execution of
(OLAP DML Reference)
- timing execution
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- trigger
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #6] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #8] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #9] (OLAP DML Reference)
- unhiding
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
progressive relaxation template
(Text Reference)
-
project files
(Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
Project page
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
- about
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
- about search bar.
(Application Express Application Migration Guide)
-
Project Properties dialog box
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
PROJECT_PT function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
projected coordinates
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
projections
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_FORMAT table
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PROJECT_PT function
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
projects
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
- add reference
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating plan
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
- new
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- solution
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- type
- Visual Basic (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Visual C# (2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
Projects Navigator
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
projects, creating
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
prolog, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
prompt
- SET SQLPROMPT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PROMPT clause
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PROMPT command
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- customizing prompts for value
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
prompts for value
- bypassing with parameters
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- customizing
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- through ACCEPT
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- through substitution variables
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PROP_ITEM_T Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROP_ITEMS_T Table Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROPAGATE
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
propagate
- changes from IMDB Cache to Oracle database
(In-Memory Database Cache Introduction)
- example
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
propagate cache instances
- definition
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
PROPAGATE cache table attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
propagated
(Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
PROPAGATEORIGINALEXCEPTION procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
propagation
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- altering method
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- best practices
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- broken propagations (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- propagation latency (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- propagation operation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- queue-to-queue propagation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- restarting propagation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SDU (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- combined capture and apply
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- configuring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- disabling
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- enabling
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- initiating
(Advanced Replication)
- modes
(Advanced Replication)
- modifying
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- monitoring
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- statistics (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- of changes
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- parallel
(Advanced Replication)
- implementing (Advanced Replication)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- tuning (Advanced Replication)
- propagation receivers
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagation senders
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- security context of propagator
(Advanced Replication)
- status of
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- troubleshooting
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
propagation jobs
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- altering
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- managing
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Scheduler
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- scheduling
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace files
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
propagations
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- altering
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ANYDATA queues
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- examples (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- BFILE objects
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- binary files
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- buffered messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered queues
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- database links
- creating (Streams Extended Examples)
- creating (Streams Extended Examples)
- creating (Streams Extended Examples)
- creating (Streams Extended Examples)
- DBMS_PROPAGATION_ADM package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- debugging
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination queue
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- directed networks
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- disabling
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dropping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enabling
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ensured delivery
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- error handling
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- features
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- inboxes and outboxes
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS messages with Messaging Gateway
- inbound (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- outbound (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- managing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- messages with LOBs
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway
- configuring for (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- resetting with (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- subscribers, removing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- monitoring
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- optimizing
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parameters
- destination (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- destination_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- duration (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- latency (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- next_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- start_time (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- priority and ordering of messages
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- privileges required
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- propagation user
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- queue-to-dblink
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- scheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue-to-queue
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- buffered messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagation job (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schedule (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- scheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- remote consumers
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule sets
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining message (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for LCRs (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- for user messages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- schedules
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- altering (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating syntax (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- removing with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- scheduling
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- security
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- source queue
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- stopping
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- third-party support
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- TIB/Rendezvous
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformations
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transparent data encryption
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting
(Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- security (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- tuning
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- unscheduling
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using HTTP
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using HTTP and HTTPS
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with Messaging Gateway
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with RAC
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
PROPAGATOR
- replication
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
propagator
- registering
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication
(Advanced Replication)
-
propagator data store
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
- defined
(TimesTen In-Memory Database TimesTen to TimesTen Replication Guide)
-
PROPANY Functions
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
properties
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- AlternateLocation
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyInstanceTimeout
(Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyParallel
(Data Guard Broker)
- configurable
(Data Guard Broker)
- copying with an object definition
(OLAP DML Reference)
- creating for objects
(OLAP DML Reference)
- database
(Data Guard Broker)
- DelayMins
(Data Guard Broker)
- Direction
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Error
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for source operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- for target operators
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- listing for objects
(OLAP DML Reference)
- LsbyASkipErrorCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipErrorCfgPr
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxSga
(Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyPreserveCommitOrder
(Data Guard Broker)
- managing
(Data Guard Broker)
- mapping
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- monitorable
(Data Guard Broker)
- object
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
- OracleDBType
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OracleDBType property
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ParameterName
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PreferredApplyInstance
(Data Guard Broker)
- security
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
- setting
(2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- in server parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- in server parameter file (Data Guard Broker)
- Size
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- StandbyArchiveLocation
(Data Guard Broker)
- StatusReport
(Data Guard Broker)
- Value
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
properties files
- overview
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- structure and syntax
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
properties files (translator)
- default properties files
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- overview
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- setting input file
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
- syntax
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
properties files, SQLJ DMS
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
Properties Inspector
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
Properties window
(2 Day + .NET Developer's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
properties, Java, getProperty()
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PROPERTIES_T Table Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROPERTIESH2T Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROPERTIEST2H Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
property chain handling
(Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
PROPERTY command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- event
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- trigger
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
Property event
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
Property Inspector
(2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
property inspector
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
property pages
- database
(Data Guard Broker)
-
PROPERTY_T Record Type
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PropertyPermission
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
PROPNUMBER Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROPRAW Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
props option (properties file)
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
props option (sqlj -props)
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PROPTIMESTAMP Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PROPVARCHAR2 Function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
protecting patient privacy
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- administrator tasks
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- developer tasks
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
protection modes
- after a failover
(Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- benefits
(Data Guard Broker)
- configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- downgrading
(Data Guard Broker)
- maximum availability mode
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum performance mode
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- maximum protection mode
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo transport services setup
(Data Guard Broker)
- setting for a broker configuration
(Data Guard Broker)
- setting on a primary database
(Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- updating
(Data Guard Broker)
- upgrading
(Data Guard Broker)
-
protocol
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- commit confirm
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- converter
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- implicit protocol conversion
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IPC
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- network
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- protocol-independent encryption
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TCP
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- two-phase commit
(Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
PROTOCOL (PRO or PROT) attribute
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
protocol address
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
PROTOCOL networking parameter
(Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Reference)
-
protocol server
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- architecture
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuration parameters
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- event-based logging
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- FTP
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- HTTP
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- WebDAV
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuration parameters (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
protocols
(Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- configuring addresses
(Net Services Reference)
- FTP
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- HTTP
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- IPC
(Net Services Reference)
- Named Pipes
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- Oracle support for
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
(Net Services Reference)
- SDP
(Net Services Reference)
- TCP/IP
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- gateway transparency (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- implicit protocol conversion (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TCP/IP with SSL
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- WebDAV
(Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
protocols, access to repository resources
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
prove_themes attribute
(Text Reference)
-
provisioning mode
- specifying
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
Provisioning procedures
(2 Day DBA)
-
proxies, for Web services call-outs from database
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
-
proximity operator, see NEAR operator
-
proxy
- connect
(Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
proxy access
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
proxy authentication
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- advantages
(Security Guide)
- auditing actions on behalf of real user
(Security Guide)
- auditing operations
(Security Guide)
- auditing users
(Security Guide)
- client-to-middle tier sequence
(Security Guide)
- identity propagation option
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
- middle-tier
- authorizing but not authenticating users (Security Guide)
- authorizing to proxy and authenticate users (Security Guide)
- limiting privileges (Security Guide)
- reauthenticating users (Security Guide)
- passwords, expired
(Security Guide)
- secure external password store, used with
(Security Guide)
- security benefits
(Security Guide)
- users, passing real identity of
(Security Guide)
-
proxy backups, restoring
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
proxy clause
- of ALTER USER
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
proxy connections
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- using createProxyConnection method
(Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
proxy copies
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- available information
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- crosschecking
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- definition
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deleting
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- obsolete
- report output (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- restoring
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- tag names
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
proxy materialized view administrator
- creating
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PROXY option
- BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
PROXY parameter
- BACKUP command
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recordSpec subclause
(Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
proxy server
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defining
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
Proxy Server attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
proxy settings
- creating web services based on external URL
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
proxy_clause
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
PROXY_HOST
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
PROXY_PORT
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
PROXY_PWD
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
PROXY_USER
(Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
PROXY_USER attribute
(Security Guide)
-
PROXY_USERS view
(Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
proxywsdl option
(JPublisher User's Guide)
-
pruning
(Data Mining Concepts)
- partition
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
pruning partitions
- indexes
(VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
PRVF-5436 error
(Grid Infrastructure Installation Guide for Linux)
-
prvtpg.sql script
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
prvtpgb.plb
- file
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
prvtrawb.plb script
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
ps command
(Database Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database Troubleshooting Procedures Guide)
-
PS procedure
- of HTP package
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PS$ tables
(OLAP User's Guide)
-
pseudo columns
- USER
(Security Guide)
-
pseudocode
- triggers
(Concepts)
-
pseudocolor
- checking for
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pseudocolor table
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pseudocolumn
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CURRVAL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- LEVEL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- NEXTVAL
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- OBJECT_VALUE
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ROWID
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ROWNUM
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SYSDATE
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- UID
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USER
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
pseudocolumns
(Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE
(SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISCYCLE
(SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISLEAF
(SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchical queries
(SQL Language Reference)
- LEVEL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- list of
(Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- NEXTVAL
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT_ID
(SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT_VALUE
(SQL Language Reference)
- ORA_ROWSCN
(SQL Language Reference)
- ROWID
(SQL Language Reference)
- ROWNUM
(Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- uses for (SQL Language Reference)
- version queries
(SQL Language Reference)
- XMLDATA
(SQL Language Reference)
-
pseudoinstruction
- See pragma
-
pseudorecord
(2 Day Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
pseudotype, VARCHAR
(Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
PSP
- See PL/SQL Server Pages
-
PSP application
(Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
PSTUBTBL table
(Reference)
-
PT function
(Text Reference)
-
PT operator
(Text Reference)
-
PUBLIC
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- procedures and
(Security Guide)
- user group
(Security Guide)
-
public (global) XML schema, definition
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
public access privileges
(Database Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
public class name / source name check
(SQLJ Developer's Guide)
-
PUBLIC clause
- of ALTER DATABASE
- thread of redo (Reference)
- of CREATE OUTLINE
(SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE SYNONYM
(SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP DATABASE LINK
(SQL Language Reference)
-
public database links
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- connected user
(Administrator's Guide)
- dropping
(SQL Language Reference)
- fixed user
(Administrator's Guide)
-
Public Execute Privilege To SYS PL/SQL Procedures Report
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
public Experts
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
public Experts folder
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
public fixed user database links
(Administrator's Guide)
-
public information views
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
public information, required
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
public interface
- specifying with OIFCFG
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
public IP address
(Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)
- certificate
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authority
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate revocation lists
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- PKCS #11 hardware devices
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- wallet
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
public key infrastructure (PKI)
(Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- about
(Security Guide)
-
public objects
(TimesTen In-Memory Database PL/SQL Developer's Guide)
-
public Oracle Custom library
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
public Oracle Predefined library
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
PUBLIC permissions
(Java Developer's Guide)
-
PUBLIC privilege
- guidelines for security
(Security Guide)
-
PUBLIC role
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
- privileges
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- role
- PUBLIC (TimesTen In-Memory Database Operations Guide)
-
public synonyms
(Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping
(SQL Language Reference)
-
public synonyms for multiple PG DD users
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
public themes
- adding
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- deleting
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- exporting
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- managing
(Application Express Administration Guide)
- modifying
(Application Express Administration Guide)
-
Public Transformations node
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
PUBLIC user account
- impact of Oracle Database Vault installation
(Database Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
Public User attribute
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
PUBLIC user group
- about
(Security Guide)
- granting and revoking privileges to
(Security Guide)
- revoking unnecessary privileges and roles
(2 Day + Security Guide)
- security domain of users
(Security Guide)
- security guideline
(Security Guide)
-
public views
(Warehouse Builder Concepts)
-
public virtual directory in Apache
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
PUBLIC, definition, Glossary
(XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
PUBLIC_DEFAULT profile
- profiles, dropping
(Security Guide)
-
PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY PL/SQL system table
(TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (TimesTen In-Memory Database SQL Reference)
-
PUBLIC_DEPENDENCY view
(Reference)
-
public_html
- Apache
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- creating
(2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
publication
- defined
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
PUBLICSYN view
(Reference)
-
Publish to Apex (Application Express) option
(SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
PUBLISH_PENDING_STATS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
publish/subscribe
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- about
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting up
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- support in AQ
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
publishDataModel( ) procedure
(Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
-
publishers
- components associated with
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- determining the source tables
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges for reading views
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- purpose
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- table partitioning properties and
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- tasks
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
publishFeatureType method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
PublishFeatureType procedure
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
publishing
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- AQ
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- asynchronous AutoLog mode
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous HotLog mode
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- example
(Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL packages
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- queue
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- server-side Java classes
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQL object types
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- stream
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- synchronous mode
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- topic
(JPublisher User's Guide)
- URL for application
(2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
publishing change data
- preparations for
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges required
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
publishing JMS messages
- specifying a recipient list
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying delivery mode, priority, and time to live
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- specifying Topic
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with minimal specification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
publishing objects
- as web services
(Warehouse Builder Data Modeling, ETL, and Data Quality Guide)
-
publishRecordType method
(Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
publish-subscribe
- _SYSTEM_TRIG_ENABLED parameter
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- COMPATIBLE parameter
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- example
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- handle attributes
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LDAP registration
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- notification callback
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subscription handle
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
publish-subscribe functions
(Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
publish-subscribe model
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
PULL_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PULL_TABLESPACES procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
pullup start dependency
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modifiers
(Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
pull-down menu
(Application Express Application Builder User's Guide)
-
punctuation character between identifiers
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
punctuation, encoding
(Globalization Support Guide)
-
punctuations attribute
(Text Reference)
-
PUPBLD.SQL
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
purchase-order XML document
- used in full-text examples
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
purchase-order XML schema
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- annotated
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- graphical representation
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- revised
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
purge
- following notification
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
PURGE command
- disabling
(SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
PURGE function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PURGE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
purge schedule
- definition
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
PURGE statement
(SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
PURGE_COMPARISON Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_COMPARISON procedure
(Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
PURGE_EVENTS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_FILE_GROUP procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_LOG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PURGE_LOST_DB_ENTRY procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_TRANSACTION package
(Administrator's Guide)
-
PURGE_MASTER_LOG procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PURGE_MIXED procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_MVIEW_FROM_LOG procedure
(2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PURGE_PROCESSED_CHUNKS Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_QUEUE_TABLE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_SOURCE_CATALOG procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGE_STATISTICS procedure
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PURGE_STATS procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGEALL Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
purgeConnectionPool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PURGELDAPCACHE function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
purgeLDAPCache PL/SQL procedure
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
PURGEPATH Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PURGERESOURCEMETADATA Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
purges
- DBA_REPCATLOG table
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- deferred transaction queue
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- master sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- materialized view sites (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduling continuous (Advanced Replication)
- scheduling periodic (Advanced Replication)
-
purgeSchema PL/SQL procedure
(XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
PURGESCHEMA Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PurgeTable procedure
(Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
purging
- queue tables
(Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- the subscription window
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
purging a connection pool
(Universal Connection Pool for JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
purging change tables
- automatically
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- by name
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- in a named changed set
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- on the staging database
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- publishers
(Data Warehousing Guide)
- subscribers
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
purging data
(Data Warehousing Guide)
-
purging log files
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
purity level
(Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
purity of function
- in general
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- RPC signature and
(Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
purity rules
(PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
PUSH command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- marking start of series
(OLAP DML Reference)
- placement
(OLAP DML Reference)
- using
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PUSH function
(Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
PUSH_PRED hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
PUSH_SUBQ hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
pushes
- deferred transaction queue
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduling continuous (Advanced Replication)
- scheduling periodic (Advanced Replication)
-
PUSHLEVEL command
(OLAP DML Reference)
- nesting
(OLAP DML Reference)
- placement
(OLAP DML Reference)
-
PUT procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUT procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
put() method
- for Properties object
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- for type maps
(JDBC Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide)
-
PUT_FILE procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
put_line function
(Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Database Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX Itanium, Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
PUT_LINE Procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUT_LINE procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUT_LINE_NCHAR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUT_NCHAR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUT_RAW function
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUTF procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PUTF_NCHAR procedure
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
putMetadata( ) method
(Multimedia Reference)
-
putMetadata( ) method for BFILEs
(Multimedia Reference)
-
putMetadata( ) method for BLOBs
(Multimedia Reference)
-
PUTPATH Procedures
(PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
PWD
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
pwd command
- ASMCMD
(Storage Administrator's Guide)
-
PWD DSN attribute
(In-Memory Database Cache User's Guide)
-
PWDCrypt
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
PWDCrypt attribute
(TimesTen In-Memory Database Reference)
-
PX_JOIN_FILTER hint
(SQL Language Reference)
-
pyramid keyword for storageParam
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pyramid levels
- definition
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramidLevel attribute of SDO_GEORASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pyramid type
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pyramidLevel attribute of SDO_RASTER
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pyramidParams parameter
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
pyramids
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- deleting data for
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- formulas for determining
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generating data for
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- illustration of
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramid parameters
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- returning level number of top pyramid
(Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
Python.path
(Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide for Windows and Linux)
